WO2022237432A1 - 一种数据传输方法和装置 - Google Patents

一种数据传输方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022237432A1
WO2022237432A1 PCT/CN2022/086362 CN2022086362W WO2022237432A1 WO 2022237432 A1 WO2022237432 A1 WO 2022237432A1 CN 2022086362 W CN2022086362 W CN 2022086362W WO 2022237432 A1 WO2022237432 A1 WO 2022237432A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time
period
pdcch
resource
dci
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2022/086362
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
陈莹
杨若男
杜颖钢
王俊
乔云飞
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to EP22806402.8A priority Critical patent/EP4336908A4/en
Publication of WO2022237432A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022237432A1/zh
Priority to US18/505,623 priority patent/US20240073927A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H04W72/232—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the physical layer, e.g. DCI signalling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14—Relay systems
    • H04B7/15—Active relay systems
    • H04B7/185—Space-based or airborne stations; Stations for satellite systems
    • H04B7/1851—Systems using a satellite or space-based relay
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H04W52/0229—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal where the received signal is a wanted signal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H04W52/0248—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal dependent on the time of the day, e.g. according to expected transmission activity
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0261—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managing power supply demand, e.g. depending on battery level
    • H04W52/0274—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managing power supply demand, e.g. depending on battery level by switching on or off the equipment or parts thereof
    • H04W52/028—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managing power supply demand, e.g. depending on battery level by switching on or off the equipment or parts thereof switching on or off only a part of the equipment circuit blocks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14—Relay systems
    • H04B7/15—Active relay systems
    • H04B7/185—Space-based or airborne stations; Stations for satellite systems
    • H04B7/1851—Systems using a satellite or space-based relay
    • H04B7/18513—Transmission in a satellite or space-based system
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0212—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managed by the network, e.g. network or access point is leader and terminal is follower
    • H04W52/0216—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices managed by the network, e.g. network or access point is leader and terminal is follower using a pre-established activity schedule, e.g. traffic indication frame
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/004—Synchronisation arrangements compensating for timing error of reception due to propagation delay
    • H04W56/0045—Synchronisation arrangements compensating for timing error of reception due to propagation delay compensating for timing error by altering transmission time

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a data transmission method and device.
  • the altitude difference between the network equipment (such as satellite) and the terminal equipment in the non-terrestrial network (non-terrestrial network, NTN) is relatively large (generally greater than 500km). Therefore, the round-trip delay and the round-trip delay difference of the terminal equipment in the same beam/cell in the satellite communication are much larger than the round-trip delay and the round-trip delay difference of the UE in the same cell on the ground. For example, when the cell diameter in the terrestrial cellular network is 350 km, the maximum round-trip delay in the cell is 1.17 milliseconds (ms). However, when the satellite orbit altitude is 600km and the beam diameter is 350km, the maximum round-trip delay can reach about 13ms (the communication angle of the terminal equipment is 10 degrees).
  • timing advance is adjusted so that all users reach the network device at the same time. For example, a terminal device receives physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) data in time slot n, and the terminal device needs to feed back an acknowledgment character (acknowledge character, ACK) or a negative acknowledgement character (negative acknowledgement) in time slot n+K.
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • ACK acknowledgment character
  • negative acknowledgement negative acknowledgement
  • NACK NACK
  • the terminal device needs to send ACK in the n+K-TA time slot, where TA needs to be converted into the same unit as K, therefore, the maximum value of TA is less than K, currently, the maximum value of K is 15, when the subcarrier spacing (SCS) is 30KHz, the length of a time slot is 0.5ms, then the maximum TA is 7.5ms, and because the round-trip delay in the NTN network can reach hundreds of ms, therefore, currently The maximum TA value cannot meet the timing advance needs of terminal equipment in the NTN network.
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • the K offset value (also called the Koffset value) is introduced, that is, when the network equipment schedules the corresponding ACK at n+K+Koffset Transmission over slots, that is, the network side receives ACK on n+K+Koffset time slots, and the terminal device needs to adjust TA to send ACK.
  • the value of Koffset needs to ensure that K+Koffset can cover the maximum TA of the terminal device.
  • the network device can send downlink control information between n and n+K+Koffset, which greatly increases the time for the terminal device to monitor the PDCCH (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH) and increases the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • the terminal device is an Internet of Things (IoT) device, so the IoT device is more sensitive to power consumption. Therefore, how to reduce the time period for a terminal device to monitor downlink control information (DCI) in a satellite communication system has become an urgent problem to be solved.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the present application provides a data transmission method and device, which enables terminal equipment in a satellite communication system to monitor DCI more flexibly, and reduces the long DCI monitoring duration of terminal equipment due to excessively long round-trip delay, reducing the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • a data transmission method includes: receiving a first downlink control channel PDCCH, the first PDCCH includes first downlink control information DCI, and the first DCI is used to indicate the first resources, the first resource is used to carry the first uplink data; determine a first period or a second period, the first period includes a period for monitoring the second PDCCH, and the second period does not include the second PDCCH; Monitoring the second PDCCH according to the first period or the second period.
  • the first uplink data is sent on the first resource.
  • the execution subject of the first aspect and various embodiments of the first aspect may be a terminal device, that is, the determination of receiving the first PDCCH, sending the first uplink data, the first period or the second period is all based on the terminal device side angle.
  • the first period includes a period for monitoring the second PDCCH, which can be understood as the terminal device monitors the second PDCCH during the first period; the second period does not include the second PDCCH, it can be understood that the terminal device monitors the second PDCCH during the second period
  • the second PDCCH is not monitored for a period of time.
  • the terminal device is enabled to monitor the second PDCCH in the first period, and not to monitor the second PDCCH in the second period, which avoids the long-term monitoring of the PDCCH by the terminal device and reduces the power consumption of the terminal device, especially in satellite communication.
  • the terminal device monitors the PDCCH for a long time.
  • the second PDCCH includes a second DCI, where the second DCI is used to indicate a second resource, and the second resource is used to bear the second uplink data.
  • the second uplink data is sent on the second resource.
  • the second DCI may include a new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI), which is used to indicate whether the second uplink data is new data for transmission or retransmission data of the first uplink data.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period includes: determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of a first time interval, where the first time interval includes receiving the first A time interval between the end time of the PDCCH and the start time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the first time interval includes the end time of the terminal device receiving the first PDCCH to the first resource (that is, sending the first uplink data)
  • the first time interval between the corresponding starting moments reference may also be made to the description here.
  • the terminal equipment is enabled to select the first time period or the second time period more flexibly, so as to monitor the second PDCCH flexibly.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of the first time interval includes:
  • the first period or the second period is determined, wherein the first size relationship is the size relationship between the size of the first time interval and the first threshold,
  • the second size relationship is a size relationship between the size of the first time interval and a second threshold, and the second threshold is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is predefined, or
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is associated with the duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the first time period and the second time period may also be determined.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is less than or equal to the first time interval A threshold, the second period includes a period from the end moment of the first PDCCH to the start moment corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device may not monitor the second DCI within this time, that is, the network device does not schedule the second PDCCH within this time, which can reduce the number of terminals The time for the device to monitor DCI to reduce power consumption.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is less than or equal to the first time interval A threshold, the first period includes a period from an end moment of the first PDCCH to a start moment corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device when the time interval between receiving the first DCI and sending the first uplink data is relatively small, it can be stipulated that the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time, and no longer The second PDCCH is scheduled in other time periods, and useless monitoring by the terminal equipment in other time periods is prevented by the above method.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the first threshold And less than or equal to the second threshold, the first period includes the period between the end moment of the first PDCCH and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit corresponding to the first resource .
  • the transmission time unit may be other units such as a slot (slot), a subframe (subframe), and a millisecond.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time period, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time period, and does not schedule the second PDCCH in other time periods. Useless monitoring inside.
  • the according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the second threshold, the first period of time includes A period between the end time of the first PDCCH and the start time of the previous transmission time unit earlier than the start time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time period, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time period, and does not schedule the second PDCCH in other time periods. Useless monitoring inside.
  • the method further includes: if the second DCI is received within the first period, the second period includes from the end moment of the second PDCCH to the second DCI The period between the start times corresponding to a resource.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device receives the second DCI within the first period of time, the terminal device does not need to monitor the second DCI after receiving the second DCI until it sends the first uplink data.
  • the above method is used to avoid This prevents the terminal device from doing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the method further includes: if the second DCI is not received within a first period, the second period includes from the end of the first period to the first The time period between the resource's corresponding start moments.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device does not have the second DCI within the first period, the terminal device does not need to monitor the second DCI from the end of the first period to the start of sending the first uplink data, and the network The device will not schedule the second DCI during this time, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring in other time.
  • the at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the second threshold, the second period includes A period between the end moment of the first PDCCH and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit earlier than the start moment corresponding to the first resource, the first period including the end of the second period A time period between the time instant and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit corresponding to the start moment of the first resource.
  • the terminal device may only monitor the second DCI during a period of time between the end of receiving the first DCI and the start of sending the first uplink data, and the other The second DCI is not monitored within a certain period of time, and useless monitoring of the terminal device during other periods of time is prevented by the above method.
  • the first period of time includes a period from a time later than or equal to the end time corresponding to the first resource to a time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by a first amount of time , the first amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the first amount of time is predefined, or
  • the first amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the first amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the time when the terminal device starts to monitor the second DCI may be the end time corresponding to the first resource, or may be later than the end time corresponding to the first resource, and monitor the second DCI
  • the end time of may be the time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by the first amount of time, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the second time period includes a time period from the end time of the first time period to the end time corresponding to the first resource after a first time delay, and the second time period A delay is a round-trip delay between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the above method due to the long round-trip delay in the satellite communication system, after the terminal device sends the first uplink data, until it receives the feedback DCI (such as NDI) of the first uplink data, the round-trip time between If the delay is always listening, the power consumption will be relatively large. Therefore, the above method is used to enable the terminal device to monitor or not monitor the DCI for a period of time, which avoids the useless monitoring of the terminal device at other times.
  • the feedback DCI such as NDI
  • the second time period includes a time period from a time later than or equal to the end time corresponding to the first resource to a time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by a second amount of time , the second amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the second amount of time is predefined, or
  • the second amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource
  • the second amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the time when the terminal device starts to monitor the second DCI may be the end time corresponding to the first resource, or may be later than the end time corresponding to the first resource, and monitor the second DCI
  • the end time of may be the time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by the first amount of time, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the first time period includes a time period from the end time of the second time period to the end time corresponding to the first resource after a first time delay
  • the second time period A delay is a round-trip delay between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the above method due to the long round-trip delay in the satellite communication system, after the terminal device sends the first uplink data, until it receives the feedback DCI (such as NDI) of the first uplink data, the round-trip time between If the delay is always listening, the power consumption will be relatively large. Therefore, the above method is used to enable the terminal device to monitor or not monitor the DCI for a period of time, which avoids the useless monitoring of the terminal device at other times.
  • the feedback DCI such as NDI
  • a third PDCCH before determining the first time period or the second time period, a third PDCCH is received, the third PDCCH includes a third DCI, and the third DCI is used to indicate a third resource, and the first The three resources are used to bear the third uplink data, and the determining the first time period or the second time period includes:
  • the second time interval includes the time between the end moment corresponding to the first resource and the start moment corresponding to the third resource interval.
  • the second DCI may include a new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI), which is used to indicate whether the third uplink data is new data for transmission or retransmission data of the first uplink data.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of the second time interval includes: determining the first time period or the second time period according to a third size relationship, wherein the third size The relationship is a magnitude relationship between the magnitude of the second time interval and a third threshold, and the third threshold is greater than zero.
  • the third threshold is predefined, or
  • the third threshold is associated with the duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the third threshold is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is less than or equal to the third threshold, the first period includes The period between the end time corresponding to the third resource and the time after the second time delay to the start time of the second PDCCH, the second time delay is the sum of the third time amount and the first time delay , the first delay is a round-trip delay between the first communication device and the second communication device, and the third amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the third amount of time is predefined, or
  • the third amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the third amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device, such as an IoT device or a handheld terminal device
  • the second communication device may be a network device, such as a satellite.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the DCI within a period of time after sending the third uplink data, which prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is greater than the third threshold, the first period includes The period between the end time corresponding to the first resource and the time after the first time delay to the start time of the second PDCCH, the first time delay is a round trip between the first communication device and the second communication device delay.
  • the satellite may send the second DCI after receiving the first uplink data, so the terminal can monitor the second DCI after sending the first uplink data and after a round-trip delay, and also The monitoring of the second DCI can be delayed for a certain time according to regulations, so as to prevent the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is greater than the third threshold, the first period includes The period between the end time corresponding to the first resource and the time after the first time delay to the end time corresponding to the third resource and the time after the first time delay, the first time delay is the first communication A round trip delay between the device and the second communication device.
  • the method includes: if the second DCI is received during the first period, the second period includes from the end moment of the second PDCCH to the third resource A time period between the corresponding end time and the time when the first time delay has elapsed.
  • the terminal device after receiving the second DCI within the first time period, the terminal device can stop monitoring, so as to reduce power consumption.
  • the first uplink data is sent on a fourth resource, and the start time corresponding to the fourth resource is greater than that corresponding to the first resource.
  • the starting moment of the time period is advanced by a fourth time period, and the determining the first time period or the second time period includes: determining the second time period according to a magnitude relationship between the fourth time period and a fourth threshold.
  • the fourth amount of time is predefined, or
  • the fourth amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the fourth amount of time is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the end time corresponding to the fourth resource is the end time of uplink subframe n
  • the second The time period includes: if the fourth amount of time is greater than the fourth threshold, the second time period includes a time period from the start moment of downlink subframe n+1 to the end moment of downlink subframe n+3+Kmac, wherein , Kmac is the offset of the uplink and downlink frame boundaries of the second communication device.
  • the amount of timing advance made by the terminal device cannot align the uplink and downlink subframe boundaries of the network device, and the network device will delay the number of Kmac subframes to receive the first uplink data, so the terminal device can delay the Kmac time to monitor the DCI and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the first time period includes a time period delayed by a fifth amount of time from the start time corresponding to the first resource to the start time of the second PDCCH, the The fifth amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the fifth amount of time is predefined, or
  • the fifth amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the fifth amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device is further reduced by directly specifying that the terminal device monitors the second DCI within a fixed time.
  • the first period includes a period from the end time corresponding to the first resource and the time after the third time delay to the start time of the second PDCCH, the The third delay is the sum of the sixth amount of time and the first delay, which is a round-trip delay between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device is further reduced by directly specifying that the terminal device monitors the second DCI within a fixed time.
  • the start time and end time of the first period or the second period are predefined, and the end time of the first PDCCH is the same as the start time of the second PDCCH
  • the time interval between is predefined.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device is further reduced by directly specifying that the terminal device monitors the second DCI within a fixed time. For example, it can be stipulated that after the network device receives two ACK/NACKs, it will send two PDCCHs at a specified time point, including the start time of the two PDCCHs and the interval between the two PDCCHs. Monitoring the PDCCH internally can further reduce the duration of monitoring the PDCCH.
  • a data transmission method includes: sending a first downlink control channel PDCCH, the first PDCCH includes first downlink control information DCI, and the first DCI is used to indicate the first resources, the first resource is used to bear the first uplink data; determine a first period or a second period, the first period includes a period for sending a second PDCCH, and the second period does not include the second PDCCH; sending the second PDCCH according to the first period or the second period.
  • the first uplink data is received on the first resource.
  • the execution subject of the second aspect and various embodiments of the second aspect may be a network device (such as a satellite), that is, sending the first PDCCH, receiving the first uplink data, determining the first period or the second period are all It is based on the angle of the network device side, which is somewhat different from the angle based on the terminal device side.
  • a network device such as a satellite
  • the starting moment when the terminal device receives the first PDCCH is the starting moment when the network device sends the first PDCCH and the transmission delay time has elapsed, or 1/2 of the RTT
  • the terminal device has passed the RTT from the end moment of sending the first uplink data to the start moment of receiving the feedback DCI (such as NDI) of the first uplink data, but for the network device side, the network device is in Feedback DCI (for example, NDI) of the first uplink data may be sent after the end time of receiving the first uplink data.
  • the feedback DCI such as NDI
  • the first period includes a period for monitoring the second PDCCH, which can be understood as the network device sends (schedules) the second PDCCH during the first period; the second period does not include the second PDCCH, which can be understood as The second PDCCH is not sent (scheduled) during the second period.
  • the terminal device is enabled to monitor the second PDCCH in the first period, and not to monitor the second PDCCH in the second period, which avoids the long-term monitoring of the PDCCH by the terminal device and reduces the power consumption of the terminal device, especially in satellite communication.
  • the terminal device monitors the PDCCH for a long time.
  • the second PDCCH includes a second DCI, where the second DCI is used to indicate a second resource, and the second resource is used to bear the second uplink data.
  • the second uplink data is received on the second resource.
  • the second DCI may include a new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI), which is used to indicate whether the second uplink data is new data for transmission or retransmission data of the first uplink data.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period includes: determining the first time period or the second time period according to a size of a first time interval, the first time interval including from the first PDCCH The time interval between the end time of the resource and the start time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the first time interval includes the end time of the network device sending the first PDCCH to the first resource (that is, receiving the first uplink data)
  • the first time interval between the corresponding starting moments other implementation manners of the second aspect can also refer to the description here.
  • the terminal equipment is enabled to select the first time period or the second time period more flexibly, so as to monitor the second PDCCH flexibly.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the magnitude of the first time interval includes: determining the first period or the second period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship Two time periods, wherein the first size relationship is the size relationship between the size of the first time interval and the first threshold, and the second size relationship is the size relationship between the size of the first time interval and the second threshold , the second threshold is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is predefined, or
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is associated with the duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the first time period and the second time period may also be determined.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is less than or equal to the first time interval A threshold, the second period includes a period from the end moment of the first PDCCH to the start moment corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device may not monitor the second DCI during this time, that is, the network device does not schedule the second PDCCH within this time, which can reduce the number of terminals The time for the device to monitor DCI to reduce power consumption.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is less than or equal to the first time interval A threshold, the first period includes a period from an end moment of the first PDCCH to a start moment corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device when the time interval between sending the first DCI and receiving the first uplink data is small, it can be stipulated that the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time, and no longer The second PDCCH is scheduled in other time periods, and useless monitoring by the terminal equipment in other time periods is prevented by the above method.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the first threshold And less than or equal to the second threshold, the first period includes the period between the end moment of the first PDCCH and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit corresponding to the first resource .
  • the transmission time unit may be other units such as a slot (slot), a subframe (subframe), and a millisecond.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time period, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time period, and does not schedule the second PDCCH in other time periods. Useless monitoring inside.
  • the according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes:
  • the first period includes from the end moment of the first PDCCH to the previous transmission time unit earlier than the start moment corresponding to the first resource period between the start times.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time period, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time period, and does not schedule the second PDCCH in other time periods. Useless monitoring inside.
  • the method further includes: if the second DCI is sent within the first period, the second period includes from the end moment of the second PDCCH to the second DCI The period between the start times corresponding to a resource.
  • the network device sends the second DCI within the first time period, it means that the terminal device receives the second DCI within the first time period, then the terminal device receives the second DCI until it sends the first DCI. There is no need to monitor the second DCI before the uplink data, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the second threshold, the second period includes A period between the end moment of the first PDCCH and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit earlier than the start moment corresponding to the first resource, the first period including the end of the second period A time period between the time instant and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit corresponding to the start moment of the first resource.
  • the terminal device may only monitor the second DCI during a period of time between the end of receiving the first DCI and the start of sending the first uplink data, and the other The second DCI is not monitored within a certain period of time, and useless monitoring of the terminal device during other periods of time is prevented by the above method.
  • the first period of time includes a period from later than or equal to the end moment of the first PDCCH to a time delayed by a first amount of time from the end moment of the first PDCCH, so The first amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the first amount of time is predefined, or
  • the first amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the first amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the time when the terminal device starts to monitor the second DCI may be the end time corresponding to the first resource, or may be later than the end time corresponding to the first resource, and monitor the second DCI
  • the end time of may be the time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by the first amount of time, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the second time period includes a time period from an end time of the first time period to a start time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the above method due to the long round-trip delay in the satellite communication system, after the terminal device sends the first uplink data, until it receives the feedback DCI (such as NDI) of the first uplink data, the round-trip time between If the delay is always listening, the power consumption will be relatively large. Therefore, the above method is used to enable the terminal device to monitor or not monitor the DCI for a period of time, which avoids the useless monitoring of the terminal device at other times.
  • the feedback DCI such as NDI
  • the second time period includes a time period that is later than or equal to the end time of the first PDCCH to a time when the end time of the first PDCCH is delayed by a second amount of time, so The second amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the second amount of time is predefined, or
  • the second amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource
  • the second amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the time when the network device starts to send the second DCI may be the end time corresponding to the first resource, or may be later than the end time corresponding to the first resource, or may be the end time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the end time corresponding to a resource is delayed by the first amount of time, and using the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the first time period includes a time period from the end time of the second time period to the start time corresponding to the first resource and the time after a first time delay, the The first delay is a round-trip delay between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the above method due to the long round-trip delay in the satellite communication system, after the terminal device sends the first uplink data, until it receives the feedback DCI (such as NDI) of the first uplink data, the round-trip time between If the delay is always listening, the power consumption will be relatively large. Therefore, the above method is used to enable the terminal device to monitor or not monitor the DCI for a period of time, which avoids the useless monitoring of the terminal device at other times.
  • the feedback DCI such as NDI
  • a third PDCCH is sent, and the third PDCCH includes a third DCI, where the third DCI is used to indicate a third resource, and the first Three resources are used to bear the third uplink data
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period includes: determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of the second time interval, wherein the second time interval includes from the A time interval between the end time corresponding to the first resource and the start time corresponding to the third resource.
  • the second DCI may include a new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI), which is used to indicate whether the third uplink data is new data for transmission or retransmission data of the first uplink data.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of the second time interval includes: determining the first time period or the second time period according to a third size relationship, wherein the third size The relationship is a magnitude relationship between the magnitude of the second time interval and a third threshold, and the third threshold is greater than zero.
  • the third threshold is predefined, or
  • the third threshold is associated with the duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the third threshold is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is less than or equal to the third threshold, the first period includes A period between the end moment corresponding to the third resource and the start moment of the second PDCCH after a third amount of time has passed, and the third amount of time is greater than or equal to 0.
  • the third amount of time is predefined, or
  • the third amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the third amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device, such as an IoT device or a handheld terminal device
  • the second communication device may be a network device, such as a satellite.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the DCI within a period of time after sending the third uplink data, which prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is greater than the third threshold, the first period includes A time period between the end time corresponding to the first resource and the start time of the second PDCCH.
  • the satellite may send the second DCI after receiving the first uplink data, so the terminal can monitor the second DCI after sending the first uplink data and after a round-trip delay, and also The monitoring of the second DCI can be delayed for a certain time according to regulations, so as to prevent the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is greater than the third threshold, the first period includes A time period between the end time corresponding to the first resource and the end time corresponding to the third resource.
  • the method includes: if the second PDCCH is sent during the first period, the second period includes from the end moment of the second PDCCH to the third resource The period between the corresponding end moments.
  • the terminal device after receiving the second DCI within the first time period, the terminal device can stop monitoring, so as to reduce power consumption.
  • the first uplink data is received on a fourth resource, and the start time corresponding to the fourth resource is greater than that corresponding to the first resource.
  • the starting moment of is offset by Kmac subframes, the Kmac is greater than or equal to 0, and the determination of the first period or the second period includes:
  • the second period of time is determined according to a magnitude relationship between the magnitude of the Kmac and the fourth threshold.
  • the fourth amount of time is predefined, or
  • the fourth amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the fourth amount of time is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the end time corresponding to the fourth resource is the end time of uplink subframe n
  • the determining the second period according to the size relationship between the size of the Kmac and the fourth threshold includes: If the size of the Kmac is greater than the fourth threshold, the second period includes a period from the start moment of the downlink subframe n+1 to the end moment of the downlink subframe n+3+Kmac.
  • the amount of timing advance made by the terminal device cannot align the uplink and downlink subframe boundaries of the network device, and the network device will delay the number of Kmac subframes to receive the first uplink data, so the terminal device can delay the Kmac time to monitor the DCI and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the start time and end time of the first period or the second period are predefined, and the end time of the first PDCCH is the same as the start time of the second PDCCH
  • the time interval between is predefined.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device is further reduced by directly specifying that the terminal device monitors the second DCI within a fixed time. For example, it can be stipulated that after the network device receives two ACK/NACKs, it will send two PDCCHs at a specified time point, including the start time of the two PDCCHs and the interval between the two PDCCHs. Monitoring the PDCCH internally can further reduce the duration of monitoring the PDCCH.
  • a data transmission device in a third aspect, includes: a transceiver module, the transceiver module is used to receive a first downlink control channel PDCCH, the first PDCCH includes first downlink control information DCI, the The first DCI is used to indicate a first resource, and the first resource is used to carry the first uplink data; a processing module, the processing module is used to determine a first period or a second period, and the first period includes monitoring the second A period of two PDCCHs, the second period does not include the second PDCCH; the processing module is further configured to monitor the second PDCCH according to the first period or the second period.
  • the first uplink data is sent on the first resource.
  • the execution subject of the third aspect and various implementations of the third aspect may be a terminal device, that is, the determination of receiving the first PDCCH, sending the first uplink data, and determining the first time period or the second time period is based on the terminal device side angle.
  • the first period includes a period for monitoring the second PDCCH, which can be understood as the terminal device monitors the second PDCCH during the first period; the second period does not include the second PDCCH, it can be understood that the terminal device monitors the second PDCCH during the second period
  • the second PDCCH is not monitored for a period of time.
  • the terminal device is enabled to monitor the second PDCCH in the first period, and not to monitor the second PDCCH in the second period, which avoids the long-term monitoring of the PDCCH by the terminal device and reduces the power consumption of the terminal device, especially in satellite communication.
  • the terminal device monitors the PDCCH for a long time.
  • the second PDCCH includes a second DCI, where the second DCI is used to indicate a second resource, and the second resource is used to bear the second uplink data.
  • the second uplink data is sent on the second resource.
  • the second DCI may include a new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI), which is used to indicate whether the second uplink data is new data for transmission or retransmission data of the first uplink data.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period includes: determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of a first time interval, where the first time interval includes receiving the first A time interval between the end time of the PDCCH and the start time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the first time interval includes the end time of the terminal device receiving the first PDCCH to the first resource (that is, sending the first uplink data)
  • the first time interval between the corresponding starting moments reference may also be made to the description herein.
  • the terminal equipment is enabled to select the first time period or the second time period more flexibly, so as to monitor the second PDCCH flexibly.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of the first time interval includes:
  • the first period or the second period is determined, wherein the first size relationship is the size relationship between the size of the first time interval and the first threshold,
  • the second size relationship is a size relationship between the size of the first time interval and a second threshold, and the second threshold is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is predefined, or
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is associated with the duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the first time period and the second time period may also be determined.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is less than or equal to the first time interval A threshold, the second period includes a period from the end moment of the first PDCCH to the start moment corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device may not monitor the second DCI within this time, that is, the network device does not schedule the second PDCCH within this time, which can reduce the number of terminals The time for the device to monitor DCI to reduce power consumption.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is less than or equal to the first time interval A threshold, the first period includes a period from an end moment of the first PDCCH to a start moment corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device when the time interval between receiving the first DCI and sending the first uplink data is relatively small, it can be stipulated that the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time, and no longer The second PDCCH is scheduled in other time periods, and useless monitoring by the terminal equipment in other time periods is prevented by the above method.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the first threshold And less than or equal to the second threshold, the first period includes the period between the end moment of the first PDCCH and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit corresponding to the first resource .
  • the transmission time unit may be other units such as a slot (slot), a subframe (subframe), and a millisecond.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time period, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time period, and does not schedule the second PDCCH in other time periods. Useless monitoring inside.
  • the according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the second threshold, the first period of time includes A period between the end time of the first PDCCH and the start time of the previous transmission time unit earlier than the start time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time period, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time period, and does not schedule the second PDCCH in other time periods. Useless monitoring inside.
  • the apparatus further includes: if the second DCI is received within the first period, the second period includes from the end moment of the second PDCCH to the second DCI The period between the start times corresponding to a resource.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device receives the second DCI within the first period of time, the terminal device does not need to monitor the second DCI after receiving the second DCI until it sends the first uplink data.
  • the above method is used to avoid This prevents the terminal device from doing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the device further includes: if the second DCI is not received within a first period, the second period includes from the end of the first period to the first The time period between the resource's corresponding start moments.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device does not have the second DCI within the first period, the terminal device does not need to monitor the second DCI from the end of the first period to the start of sending the first uplink data, and the network The device will not schedule the second DCI during this time, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring in other time.
  • the at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the second threshold, the second period includes A period between the end moment of the first PDCCH and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit earlier than the start moment corresponding to the first resource, the first period including the end of the second period A time period between the time instant and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit corresponding to the start moment of the first resource.
  • the terminal device may only monitor the second DCI during a period of time between the end of receiving the first DCI and the start of sending the first uplink data, and the other The second DCI is not monitored within a certain period of time, and useless monitoring of the terminal device during other periods of time is prevented by the above method.
  • the first period of time includes a period from a time later than or equal to the end time corresponding to the first resource to a time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by a first amount of time , the first amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the first amount of time is predefined, or
  • the first amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the first amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the time when the terminal device starts to monitor the second DCI may be the end time corresponding to the first resource, or may be later than the end time corresponding to the first resource, and monitor the second DCI
  • the end time of may be the time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by the first amount of time, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the second time period includes a time period from the end time of the first time period to the end time corresponding to the first resource after a first time delay, and the second time period A delay is a round-trip delay between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the above method due to the long round-trip delay in the satellite communication system, after the terminal device sends the first uplink data, until it receives the feedback DCI (such as NDI) of the first uplink data, the round-trip time between If the delay is always listening, the power consumption will be relatively large. Therefore, the above method is used to enable the terminal device to monitor or not monitor the DCI for a period of time, which avoids the useless monitoring of the terminal device at other times.
  • the feedback DCI such as NDI
  • the second time period includes a time period from a time later than or equal to the end time corresponding to the first resource to a time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by a second amount of time , the second amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the second amount of time is predefined, or
  • the second amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource
  • the second amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the time when the terminal device starts to monitor the second DCI may be the end time corresponding to the first resource, or may be later than the end time corresponding to the first resource, and monitor the second DCI
  • the end time of may be the time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by the first amount of time, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the first time period includes a time period from the end time of the second time period to the end time corresponding to the first resource after a first time delay
  • the second time period A delay is a round-trip delay between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the above method due to the long round-trip delay in the satellite communication system, after the terminal device sends the first uplink data, until it receives the feedback DCI (such as NDI) of the first uplink data, the round-trip time between If the delay is always listening, the power consumption will be relatively large. Therefore, the above method is used to enable the terminal device to monitor or not monitor the DCI for a period of time, which avoids the useless monitoring of the terminal device at other times.
  • the feedback DCI such as NDI
  • the transceiver module receives a third PDCCH, the third PDCCH includes a third DCI, and the third DCI is used for Indicating a third resource, the third resource is used to carry third uplink data, and the determining the first period or the second period includes:
  • the second time interval includes the time between the end moment corresponding to the first resource and the start moment corresponding to the third resource interval.
  • the second DCI may include a new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI), which is used to indicate whether the third uplink data is new data for transmission or retransmission data of the first uplink data.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of the second time interval includes: determining the first time period or the second time period according to a third size relationship, wherein the third size The relationship is a magnitude relationship between the magnitude of the second time interval and a third threshold, and the third threshold is greater than zero.
  • the third threshold is predefined, or
  • the third threshold is associated with the duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the third threshold is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is less than or equal to the third threshold, the first period includes The period between the end time corresponding to the third resource and the time after the second time delay to the start time of the second PDCCH, the second time delay is the sum of the third time amount and the first time delay , the first delay is a round-trip delay between the first communication device and the second communication device, and the third amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the third amount of time is predefined, or
  • the third amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the third amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device, such as an IoT device or a handheld terminal device
  • the second communication device may be a network device, such as a satellite.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the DCI within a period of time after sending the third uplink data, which prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is greater than the third threshold, the first period includes The period between the end time corresponding to the first resource and the time after the first time delay to the start time of the second PDCCH, the first time delay is a round trip between the first communication device and the second communication device delay.
  • the satellite may send the second DCI after receiving the first uplink data, so the terminal can monitor the second DCI after sending the first uplink data and after a round-trip delay, and also The monitoring of the second DCI can be delayed for a certain time according to regulations, so as to prevent the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is greater than the third threshold, the first period includes The period between the end time corresponding to the first resource and the time after the first time delay to the end time corresponding to the third resource and the time after the first time delay, the first time delay is the first communication A round trip delay between the device and the second communication device.
  • the apparatus includes: if the second DCI is received during the first period, the second period includes the time from the end of the second PDCCH to the third resource A time period between the corresponding end time and the time when the first time delay has elapsed.
  • the terminal device after receiving the second DCI within the first time period, the terminal device can stop monitoring, so as to reduce power consumption.
  • the transceiver module before the processing module determines the first time period or the second time period, the transceiver module sends the first uplink data on a fourth resource, and the fourth resource corresponds to an initial The time is earlier than the start time corresponding to the first resource by a fourth amount of time, and the determining the first time period or the second time period includes: determining the second period.
  • the fourth amount of time is predefined, or
  • the fourth amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the fourth amount of time is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the end time corresponding to the fourth resource is the end time of uplink subframe n
  • the second The time period includes: if the fourth amount of time is greater than the fourth threshold, the second time period includes a time period from the start moment of downlink subframe n+1 to the end moment of downlink subframe n+3+Kmac, wherein , Kmac is the offset of the uplink and downlink frame boundaries of the second communication device.
  • the amount of timing advance made by the terminal device cannot align the uplink and downlink subframe boundaries of the network device, and the network device will delay the number of Kmac subframes to receive the first uplink data, so the terminal device can delay the Kmac time to monitor the DCI and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the first time period includes a time period delayed by a fifth amount of time from the start time corresponding to the first resource to the start time of the second PDCCH, the The fifth amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the fifth amount of time is predefined, or
  • the fifth amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the fifth amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device is further reduced by directly specifying that the terminal device monitors the second DCI within a fixed time.
  • the first period includes a period from the end time corresponding to the first resource and the time after the third time delay to the start time of the second PDCCH, the The third delay is the sum of the sixth amount of time and the first delay, which is a round-trip delay between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device is further reduced by directly specifying that the terminal device monitors the second DCI within a fixed time.
  • the start time and end time of the first period or the second period are predefined, and the end time of the first PDCCH is the same as the start time of the second PDCCH
  • the time interval between is predefined.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device is further reduced by directly specifying that the terminal device monitors the second DCI within a fixed time. For example, it can be stipulated that after the network device receives two ACK/NACKs, it will send two PDCCHs at a specified time point, including the start time of the two PDCCHs and the interval between the two PDCCHs. Monitoring the PDCCH internally can further reduce the duration of monitoring the PDCCH.
  • a data transmission device comprising: a transceiver module, the transceiver module is used to send a first downlink control channel PDCCH, the first PDCCH includes first downlink control information DCI, the The first DCI is used to indicate a first resource, and the first resource is used to bear the first uplink data; a processing module, the processing module is used to determine a first period or a second period, and the first period includes sending the first A time period of two PDCCHs, the second time period does not include the second PDCCH; the transceiver module is further configured to send the second PDCCH according to the first time period or the second time period.
  • the first uplink data is received on the first resource.
  • the execution subject of the fourth aspect and various embodiments may be a network device (such as a satellite), that is, the determination of sending the first PDCCH, receiving the first uplink data, and the first time period or the second time period is all based on the network device side angle.
  • a network device such as a satellite
  • the first period includes a period for monitoring the second PDCCH, which can be understood as the network device sends (schedules) the second PDCCH during the first period; the second period does not include the second PDCCH, which can be understood as The second PDCCH is not sent (scheduled) during the second period.
  • the terminal device is enabled to monitor the second PDCCH in the first period, and not to monitor the second PDCCH in the second period, which avoids the long-term monitoring of the PDCCH by the terminal device and reduces the power consumption of the terminal device, especially in satellite communication.
  • the terminal device monitors the PDCCH for a long time.
  • the second PDCCH includes a second DCI, where the second DCI is used to indicate a second resource, and the second resource is used to bear the second uplink data.
  • the second uplink data is received on the second resource.
  • the second DCI may include a new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI), which is used to indicate whether the second uplink data is new data for transmission or retransmission data of the first uplink data.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period includes: determining the first time period or the second time period according to a size of a first time interval, the first time interval including from the first PDCCH The time interval between the end time of the resource and the start time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the first time interval includes the end time of the network device sending the first PDCCH to the first resource (that is, receiving the first uplink data)
  • the first time interval between the corresponding starting moments other implementation manners of the second aspect can also refer to the description here.
  • the terminal equipment is enabled to select the first time period or the second time period more flexibly, so as to monitor the second PDCCH flexibly.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the magnitude of the first time interval includes: determining the first period or the second period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship Two time periods, wherein the first size relationship is the size relationship between the size of the first time interval and the first threshold, and the second size relationship is the size relationship between the size of the first time interval and the second threshold , the second threshold is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is predefined, or
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is associated with the duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the first time period and the second time period may also be determined.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is less than or equal to the first time interval A threshold, the second period includes a period from the end moment of the first PDCCH to the start moment corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device may not monitor the second DCI during this time, that is, the network device does not schedule the second PDCCH within this time, which can reduce the number of terminals The time for the device to monitor DCI to reduce power consumption.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is less than or equal to the first time interval A threshold, the first period includes a period from an end moment of the first PDCCH to a start moment corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device when the time interval between sending the first DCI and receiving the first uplink data is small, it can be stipulated that the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time, and no longer The second PDCCH is scheduled in other time periods, and useless monitoring by the terminal equipment in other time periods is prevented by the above method.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the first threshold And less than or equal to the second threshold, the first period includes the period between the end moment of the first PDCCH and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit corresponding to the first resource .
  • the transmission time unit may be other units such as a slot (slot), a subframe (subframe), and a millisecond.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time period, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time period, and does not schedule the second PDCCH in other time periods. Useless monitoring inside.
  • the according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the second threshold, the first period of time includes A period between the end time of the first PDCCH and the start time of the previous transmission time unit earlier than the start time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time period, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time period, and does not schedule the second PDCCH in other time periods. Useless monitoring inside.
  • the apparatus further includes: if the second DCI is sent within the first period, the second period includes from the end moment of the second PDCCH to the second DCI The period between the start times corresponding to a resource.
  • the network device sends the second DCI within the first time period, it means that the terminal device receives the second DCI within the first time period, then the terminal device receives the second DCI until it sends the first DCI. There is no need to monitor the second DCI before the uplink data, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the second threshold, the second period includes A period between the end moment of the first PDCCH and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit earlier than the start moment corresponding to the first resource, the first period including the end of the second period A time period between the time instant and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit corresponding to the start moment of the first resource.
  • the terminal device may only monitor the second DCI during a period of time between the end of receiving the first DCI and the start of sending the first uplink data, and the other The second DCI is not monitored within a certain period of time, and useless monitoring of the terminal device during other periods of time is prevented by the above method.
  • the first period of time includes a period from later than or equal to the end moment of the first PDCCH to a time delayed by a first amount of time from the end moment of the first PDCCH, so The first amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the first amount of time is predefined, or
  • the first amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the first amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the time when the terminal device starts to monitor the second DCI may be the end time corresponding to the first resource, or may be later than the end time corresponding to the first resource, and monitor the second DCI
  • the end time of may be the time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by the first amount of time, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the second time period includes a time period from an end time of the first time period to a start time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the above method due to the long round-trip delay in the satellite communication system, after the terminal device sends the first uplink data, until it receives the feedback DCI (such as NDI) of the first uplink data, the round-trip time between If the delay is always listening, the power consumption will be relatively large. Therefore, the above method is used to enable the terminal device to monitor or not monitor the DCI for a period of time, which avoids the useless monitoring of the terminal device at other times.
  • the feedback DCI such as NDI
  • the second time period includes a time period that is later than or equal to the end time of the first PDCCH to a time when the end time of the first PDCCH is delayed by a second amount of time, so The second amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the second amount of time is predefined, or
  • the second amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource
  • the second amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the time when the network device starts to send the second DCI may be the end time corresponding to the first resource, or may be later than the end time corresponding to the first resource, or may be the end time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the end time corresponding to a resource is delayed by the first amount of time, and using the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the first time period includes a time period from the end of the second time period to the start time corresponding to the first resource, and the first time delay is The round-trip delay between the device and the second communication device.
  • the above method due to the long round-trip delay in the satellite communication system, after the terminal device sends the first uplink data, until it receives the feedback DCI (such as NDI) of the first uplink data, the round-trip time between If the delay is always listening, the power consumption will be relatively large. Therefore, the above method is used to enable the terminal device to monitor or not monitor the DCI for a period of time, which avoids the useless monitoring of the terminal device at other times.
  • the feedback DCI such as NDI
  • a third PDCCH is sent, and the third PDCCH includes a third DCI, where the third DCI is used to indicate a third resource, and the first Three resources are used to bear the third uplink data
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period includes: determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of the second time interval, wherein the second time interval includes from the A time interval between the end time corresponding to the first resource and the start time corresponding to the third resource.
  • the second DCI may include a new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI), which is used to indicate whether the third uplink data is new data for transmission or retransmission data of the first uplink data.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of the second time interval includes: determining the first time period or the second time period according to a third size relationship, wherein the third size The relationship is a magnitude relationship between the magnitude of the second time interval and a third threshold, and the third threshold is greater than zero.
  • the third threshold is predefined, or
  • the third threshold is associated with the duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the third threshold is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is less than or equal to the third threshold, the first period includes A period between the end moment corresponding to the third resource and the start moment of the second PDCCH after a third amount of time has passed, and the third amount of time is greater than or equal to 0.
  • the third amount of time is predefined, or
  • the third amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the third amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device, such as an IoT device or a handheld terminal device
  • the second communication device may be a network device, such as a satellite.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the DCI within a period of time after sending the third uplink data, which prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is greater than the third threshold, the first period includes A time period between the end time corresponding to the first resource and the start time of the second PDCCH.
  • the satellite may send the second DCI after receiving the first uplink data, so the terminal can monitor the second DCI after sending the first uplink data and after a round-trip delay, and also The monitoring of the second DCI can be delayed for a certain time according to regulations, so as to prevent the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is greater than the third threshold, the first period includes A time period between the end time corresponding to the first resource and the end time corresponding to the third resource.
  • the apparatus includes: if the second PDCCH is sent during the first period, the second period includes the time from the end of the second PDCCH to the third resource The period between the corresponding end moments.
  • the terminal device after receiving the second DCI within the first time period, the terminal device can stop monitoring, so as to reduce power consumption.
  • the first uplink data is received on a fourth resource, and the start time corresponding to the fourth resource is greater than that corresponding to the first resource.
  • the starting moment of is offset by Kmac subframes, the Kmac is greater than or equal to 0, and the determination of the first period or the second period includes:
  • the second period of time is determined according to a magnitude relationship between the magnitude of the Kmac and the fourth threshold.
  • the fourth amount of time is predefined, or
  • the fourth amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the fourth amount of time is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the end time corresponding to the fourth resource is the end time of uplink subframe n
  • the determining the second period according to the size relationship between the size of the Kmac and the fourth threshold includes: If the size of the Kmac is greater than the fourth threshold, the second period includes a period from the start moment of the downlink subframe n+1 to the end moment of the downlink subframe n+3+Kmac.
  • the amount of timing advance made by the terminal device cannot align the uplink and downlink subframe boundaries of the network device, and the network device will delay the number of Kmac subframes to receive the first uplink data, so the terminal device can delay the Kmac time to monitor the DCI and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the start time and end time of the first period or the second period are predefined, and the end time of the first PDCCH is the same as the start time of the second PDCCH
  • the time interval between is predefined.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device is further reduced by directly specifying that the terminal device monitors the second DCI within a fixed time. For example, it can be stipulated that after the network device receives two ACK/NACKs, it will send two PDCCHs at a specified time point, including the start time of the two PDCCHs and the interval between the two PDCCHs. Monitoring the PDCCH internally can further reduce the duration of monitoring the PDCCH.
  • a communication device is provided, and the communication device may be the first communication device in the above method embodiment, or a chip provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device includes a communication interface, a processor, and optionally, a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions
  • the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface.
  • the communication device executes the methods performed by the communication device in the above method embodiments.
  • the memory and the processor may be integrated together, or may be independent devices.
  • a communication device is provided, and the communication device may be the second communication device (for example, the second communication device) in the above method embodiment, or a chip provided in the second communication device.
  • the communication device includes a communication interface, a processor, and optionally, a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions
  • the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface.
  • the memory and the processor may be integrated together, or may be independent devices.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, the method performed by the first communication device in the above aspects is executed.
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, the method performed by the second communication device in the above aspects is executed.
  • the second communication device may be a network device, such as a satellite.
  • the present application provides a system-on-a-chip, where the system-on-a-chip includes a processor, configured to implement the functions of the first communication device in the methods of the foregoing aspects.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, configured to store program instructions and/or data.
  • the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application provides a system-on-a-chip, where the system-on-a-chip includes a processor, configured to implement the functions of the second communication device in the methods of the above aspects.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, configured to store program instructions and/or data.
  • the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the methods performed by the first communication device in the above aspects are realized.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the methods performed by the second communication device in the above aspects are realized.
  • the method of monitoring PDCCH is determined by the first communication device according to the mode of data transmission, so as to reduce the influence of the longer duration of monitoring PDCCH due to the long round-trip delay in the satellite communication system, and reduce the power of the first communication device. consumption.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram of an application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram of an application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • general packet radio service general packet radio service, GPRS
  • long term evolution long term evolution, LTE
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex, FDD
  • LTE Time Division Duplex TDD
  • Universal Mobile Telecommunications System UMTS
  • Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access WiMAX
  • Fifth Generation (5G) system or new radio new radio (new radio, NR)
  • satellite communication system future sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) system, etc.
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, terminal equipment unit (subscriber unit), terminal equipment station, mobile station, mobile station (mobile station, MS), Remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, terminal agent, or terminal device.
  • the terminal device may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • cellular phone cellular phone
  • smart phone smart phone
  • wireless data card personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) computer
  • tablet computer wireless modem (modem)
  • handheld device handset
  • laptop computer laptop computer
  • machine type communication machine type communication
  • MTC machine type communication terminal
  • station station, ST
  • wireless local area network wireless local area networks, WLAN
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • next-generation communication systems such as terminal equipment in 5G networks or future evolved Terminal equipment in the PLMN network, etc.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) base transceiver station (BTS), or a base station (nodeB, NB) in a wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or an evolved base station (evolutional nodeB) in an LTE system , eNB or eNodeB), can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or a satellite base station in a satellite communication system, or a network device can be a relay station, an access point , in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, and network devices in a 5G network or network devices in a future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • BTS base transce
  • Timing advance In the communication system, in order to ensure that the uplink data sent by the UE under the base station can reach the base station synchronously, during the uplink transmission process, the UE needs to maintain a timing advance (timing advance, TA), the base station The timing advance will be adjusted for the UE according to the offset of the uplink signal.
  • timing advance Timing advance
  • the TA value in the satellite communication system will be relatively large.
  • FIG. 1 is an application scenario diagram applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station After the UE receives PDSCH data in subframe (subframe) n, the base station needs to receive the PDSCH data sent by the UE in subframe n+K+Koffset.
  • Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ)-ACK data (where n, K and Koffset are all positive integers), due to the large round-trip delay, UE needs to send HARQ-ACK data TA time units in advance , the time unit can also be a time slot (slot), symbol, millisecond, number of sampling intervals, etc. It should be noted that where TA is involved in the embodiments of the present application, the above description of TA is also complied with.
  • Fig. 2 is a diagram of an application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the ground mobile terminal accesses the network through the 5G new air interface, and the 5G base station is deployed on the satellite and connected to the core network on the ground through a wireless link.
  • the wireless link there is a wireless link between the satellites to complete signaling interaction and user data scheduling between base stations.
  • Terminal Please refer to the above description about terminal equipment, and the terminal can access satellite network through the air interface and initiate calls, surf the Internet and other services.
  • 5G base station In the 5G system, it mainly provides wireless access services, dispatches wireless resources to access terminals, and provides reliable wireless transmission protocols and data encryption protocols.
  • the 5G core network includes user access control, mobility management, session management, user security authentication, billing and other services.
  • the 5G core network consists of multiple functional units, which can be divided into functional entities of the control plane and the data plane. Among them, the access and mobility management unit (AMF) is responsible for user access management, security authentication, and mobility management; the user plane unit (UPF) is responsible for managing user plane data transmission, traffic statistics and other functions.
  • AMF access and mobility management unit
  • UPF user plane unit
  • Ground station responsible for forwarding signaling and business data between the satellite base station and the 5G core network.
  • 5G new air interface the wireless link between the terminal and the base station.
  • Xn interface the interface between 5G base stations and 5G base stations, mainly used for signaling interaction such as handover.
  • NG interface The interface between the 5G base station and the 5G core network, which mainly exchanges signaling such as the non-access stratum (NAS) of the core network and user service data.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • Koffset K offset value
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the second communication device sends a first downlink control channel PDCCH, and the first communication device receives the first PDCCH.
  • the first PDCCH includes first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI is used to indicate a first resource, and the first resource is used to bear first uplink data.
  • the first uplink data is sent on the first resource.
  • the second communication device may be a network device, such as a satellite
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device, such as an IoT device or a handheld terminal device, where the IoT device may be more sensitive to power consumption, and thus is more applicable.
  • the first communication device determines a first time period or a second time period.
  • the first period includes a period for monitoring the second PDCCH, and the second period does not include the second PDCCH;
  • the first period includes a period for monitoring the second PDCCH, which can be understood as the terminal device monitors the second PDCCH during the first period; the second period does not include the second PDCCH, it can be understood that the terminal device monitors the second PDCCH during the second period
  • the second PDCCH is not monitored for a period of time.
  • the terminal device is enabled to monitor the second PDCCH in the first period, and not to monitor the second PDCCH in the second period, which avoids the long-term monitoring of the PDCCH by the terminal device and reduces the power consumption of the terminal device, especially in satellite communication.
  • the terminal device monitors the PDCCH for a long time.
  • the second PDCCH includes a second DCI, where the second DCI is used to indicate a second resource, and the second resource is used to bear the second uplink data.
  • the second uplink data is sent on the second resource.
  • the second DCI may include a new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI), which is used to indicate whether the second uplink data is new data for transmission or retransmission data of the first uplink data.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period includes: determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of a first time interval, where the first time interval includes receiving the first A time interval between the end time of the PDCCH and the start time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the first time interval includes the end time of the terminal device receiving the first PDCCH to the first resource (that is, sending the first uplink data)
  • the first time interval includes the end time of the terminal device receiving the first PDCCH to the first resource (that is, sending the first uplink data)
  • the terminal equipment is enabled to select the first time period or the second time period more flexibly, so as to monitor the second PDCCH flexibly.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of the first time interval includes:
  • the first period or the second period is determined, wherein the first size relationship is the size relationship between the size of the first time interval and the first threshold,
  • the second size relationship is a size relationship between the size of the first time interval and a second threshold, and the second threshold is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is predefined, or
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is associated with the duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the first time period and the second time period may also be determined.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is less than or equal to the first time interval A threshold, the second period includes a period from the end moment of the first PDCCH to the start moment corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device may not monitor the second DCI within this time, that is, the network device does not schedule the second PDCCH within this time, which can reduce the number of terminals The time for the device to monitor DCI to reduce power consumption.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is less than or equal to the first time interval A threshold, the first period includes a period from an end moment of the first PDCCH to a start moment corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device when the time interval between receiving the first DCI and sending the first uplink data is relatively small, it can be stipulated that the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time, and no longer The second PDCCH is scheduled in other time periods, and useless monitoring by the terminal equipment in other time periods is prevented by the above method.
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the first threshold And less than or equal to the second threshold, the first period includes the period between the end moment of the first PDCCH and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit corresponding to the first resource .
  • the transmission time unit may be other units such as a slot (slot), a subframe (subframe), and a millisecond.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time period, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time period, and does not schedule the second PDCCH in other time periods. Useless monitoring inside.
  • the according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the second threshold, the first period of time includes A period between the end time of the first PDCCH and the start time of the previous transmission time unit earlier than the start time corresponding to the first resource.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the second DCI within this time, that is, the network device schedules the second PDCCH within this time, and does not schedule the second PDCCH in other time periods. Useless monitoring inside.
  • the method further includes: if the second DCI is received within the first period, the second period includes from the end moment of the second PDCCH to the second DCI The period between the start times corresponding to a resource.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device receives the second DCI within the first period of time, the terminal device does not need to monitor the second DCI after receiving the second DCI until it sends the first uplink data.
  • the above method is used to avoid This prevents the terminal device from doing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the method further includes: if the second DCI is not received within a first period, the second period includes from the end of the first period to the first The time period between the resource's corresponding start moments.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device does not have the second DCI within the first period, the terminal device does not need to monitor the second DCI from the end of the first period to the start of sending the first uplink data, and the network The device will not schedule the second DCI during this time, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring in other time.
  • the at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship includes: if the first time interval is greater than the second threshold, the second period includes A period between the end moment of the first PDCCH and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit earlier than the start moment corresponding to the first resource, the first period including the end of the second period A time period between the time instant and the start moment of the previous transmission time unit corresponding to the start moment of the first resource.
  • the terminal device may only monitor the second DCI during a period of time between the end of receiving the first DCI and the start of sending the first uplink data, and the other The second DCI is not monitored within a certain period of time, and useless monitoring of the terminal device during other periods of time is prevented by the above method.
  • the first period of time includes a period from a time later than or equal to the end time corresponding to the first resource to a time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by a first amount of time , the first amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the first amount of time is predefined, or
  • the first amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the first amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the time when the terminal device starts to monitor the second DCI may be the end time corresponding to the first resource, or may be later than the end time corresponding to the first resource, and monitor the second DCI
  • the end time of may be the time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by the first amount of time, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the second time period includes a time period from the end time of the first time period to the end time corresponding to the first resource after a first time delay, and the second time period A delay is a round-trip delay between the second communication device and the first communication device.
  • the above method due to the long round-trip delay in the satellite communication system, after the terminal device sends the first uplink data, until it receives the feedback DCI (such as NDI) of the first uplink data, the round-trip time between If the delay is always listening, the power consumption will be relatively large. Therefore, the above method is used to enable the terminal device to monitor or not monitor the DCI for a period of time, which avoids the useless monitoring of the terminal device at other times.
  • the feedback DCI such as NDI
  • the second time period includes a time period from a time later than or equal to the end time corresponding to the first resource to a time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by a second amount of time , the second amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the second amount of time is predefined, or
  • the second amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource
  • the second amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the time when the terminal device starts to monitor the second DCI may be the end time corresponding to the first resource, or may be later than the end time corresponding to the first resource, and monitor the second DCI
  • the end time of may be the time when the end time corresponding to the first resource is delayed by the first amount of time, and the above method prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the first time period includes a time period from the end time of the second time period to the end time corresponding to the first resource after a first time delay
  • the second time period A delay is a round-trip delay between the second communication device and the first communication device.
  • the above method due to the long round-trip delay in the satellite communication system, after the terminal device sends the first uplink data, until it receives the feedback DCI (such as NDI) of the first uplink data, the round-trip time between If the delay is always listening, the power consumption will be relatively large. Therefore, the above method is used to enable the terminal device to monitor or not monitor the DCI for a period of time, which avoids the useless monitoring of the terminal device at other times.
  • the feedback DCI such as NDI
  • a third PDCCH before determining the first time period or the second time period, a third PDCCH is received, the third PDCCH includes a third DCI, and the third DCI is used to indicate a third resource, and the first The three resources are used to bear the third uplink data, and the determining the first time period or the second time period includes:
  • the second time interval includes the time between the end moment corresponding to the first resource and the start moment corresponding to the third resource interval.
  • the second DCI may include a new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI), which is used to indicate whether the third uplink data is new data for transmission or retransmission data of the first uplink data.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the determining the first time period or the second time period according to the size of the second time interval includes: determining the first time period or the second time period according to a third size relationship, wherein the third size The relationship is a magnitude relationship between the magnitude of the second time interval and a third threshold, and the third threshold is greater than zero.
  • the third threshold is predefined, or
  • the third threshold is associated with the duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the third threshold is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is less than or equal to the third threshold, the first period includes The period between the end time corresponding to the third resource and the time after the second time delay to the start time of the second PDCCH, the second time delay is the sum of the third time amount and the first time delay , the first delay is a round-trip delay between the second communication device and the first communication device, and the third amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the third amount of time is predefined, or
  • the third amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the third amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the second communication device may be a terminal device, such as an IoT device or a handheld terminal device
  • the first communication device may be a network device, such as a satellite.
  • the terminal device only needs to monitor the DCI within a period of time after sending the third uplink data, which prevents the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is greater than the third threshold, the first period includes The period between the end time corresponding to the first resource and the time after the first time delay to the start time of the second PDCCH, the first time delay is a round trip between the second communication device and the first communication device delay.
  • the satellite may send the second DCI after receiving the first uplink data, so the terminal can monitor the second DCI after sending the first uplink data and after a round-trip delay, and also The monitoring of the second DCI can be delayed for a certain time according to regulations, so as to prevent the terminal device from performing useless monitoring at other times.
  • the determining the first period or the second period according to the third size relationship includes: if the second time interval is greater than the third threshold, the first period includes The period between the end time corresponding to the first resource and the time after the first time delay to the end time corresponding to the third resource and the time after the first time delay, the first time delay is the second communication A round trip delay between the device and the first communication device.
  • the method includes: if the second DCI is received during the first period, the second period includes from the end moment of the second PDCCH to the third resource A time period between the corresponding end time and the time when the first time delay has elapsed.
  • the terminal device after receiving the second DCI within the first time period, the terminal device can stop monitoring, so as to reduce power consumption.
  • the first uplink data is sent on a fourth resource, and the start time corresponding to the fourth resource is higher than that corresponding to the first resource.
  • the starting moment of the time period is advanced by a fourth time period, and the determining the first time period or the second time period includes: determining the second time period according to a magnitude relationship between the fourth time period and a fourth threshold.
  • the fourth amount of time is predefined, or
  • the fourth amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the fourth amount of time is associated with the number of repeated transmissions of the first uplink data.
  • the end time corresponding to the fourth resource is the end time of uplink subframe n
  • the second The time period includes: if the fourth amount of time is greater than the fourth threshold, the second time period includes a time period from the start moment of downlink subframe n+1 to the end moment of downlink subframe n+3+Kmac, wherein , Kmac is the offset of the uplink and downlink frame boundaries of the second communication device.
  • the amount of timing advance made by the terminal device cannot align the uplink and downlink subframe boundaries of the network device, and the network device will delay the number of Kmac subframes to receive the first uplink data, so the terminal device can delay the Kmac time to monitor the DCI and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the first time period includes a time period delayed by a fifth amount of time from the start time corresponding to the first resource to the start time of the second PDCCH, the The fifth amount of time is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the fifth amount of time is predefined, or
  • the fifth amount of time is associated with a duration corresponding to the first resource, or
  • the fifth amount of time is associated with the repeated transmission times of the first uplink data.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device is further reduced by directly specifying that the terminal device monitors the second DCI within a fixed time.
  • the first period includes a period from the end time corresponding to the first resource and the time after the third time delay to the start time of the second PDCCH, the The third delay is the sum of the sixth amount of time and the first delay, which is a round-trip delay between the second communication device and the first communication device.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device is further reduced by directly specifying that the terminal device monitors the second DCI within a fixed time.
  • the start time and end time of the first period or the second period are predefined, and the end time of the first PDCCH is the same as the start time of the second PDCCH
  • the time interval between is predefined.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device is further reduced by directly specifying that the terminal device monitors the second DCI within a fixed time. For example, it can be stipulated that after the network device receives two ACK/NACKs, it will send two PDCCHs at a specified time point, including the start time of the two PDCCHs and the interval between the two PDCCHs. Monitoring the PDCCH internally can further reduce the duration of monitoring the PDCCH.
  • the first communication device monitors the second PDCCH.
  • the first communication device monitors the second PDCCH according to the first period or the second period.
  • subframe as the time unit for transmission as an example. It should be understood that the present application is not limited to “subframe”. "As the time unit of transmission, it can also be time slot, symbol, millisecond, sampling interval, etc.
  • the present application provides an example of a data transmission method, as shown in FIG. 4 , which is a schematic diagram of an example of a data transmission method in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the scenario shown in Figure 4 is that the UE first receives two DCIs, and then sends physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) data scheduled by the two DCIs.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • one DCI can only schedule one transmission block (transmit block, TB), and the UE needs to receive two DCIs first, which are DCI1 and DCI2, and the uplink scheduled by DCI1 Data PUSCH1 is transmitted on subframe n+K1+Koffset1, UE sends PUSCH1 ahead of TA1, uplink data PUSCH2 scheduled by DCI2 is transmitted on subframe m+K2+Koffset2, UE sends PUSCH2 ahead of TA2.
  • K1, K2, Koffset1, Koffset2, TA1 and TA2 are positive integers greater than or equal to 0, and K1, K2, Koffset1, Koffset2, TA1 and TA2 follow the description of K, Koffset and TA above, where TA(TA1 The unit of TA2) needs to be converted into the same unit as K and Koffset. If the interval between K1+Koffset1-TA1 is relatively large, DCI2 is allowed to be inserted.
  • the data transmission method designed in the embodiment of the present application is shown as method 200 in Figure 5
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of another example of the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application:
  • network device #1 sends DCI1, UE#1 receives DCI1 on subframe n, and DCI1 is used to schedule uplink data PUSCH1 transfer resources.
  • S220, UE#1 determines a manner of monitoring DCI2, and DCI2 is used to schedule transmission resources of uplink data PUSCH2.
  • UE#1 determines the way to monitor DCI2 according to at least one of the first size relationship and the second size relationship.
  • the first size relationship is the relationship between the size of K1+Koffset1-TA1 and the threshold #1
  • threshold #1 and the threshold #2 are described in this application using the number of subframes as an example. Threshold #1 and threshold #2 may also be the number of time slots, symbols, milliseconds, sampling intervals, etc. Finally, it can be converted into the number of subframes for calculation, which will not be described in detail in this application.
  • UE#1 determines to monitor DCI2 according to at least one of the first magnitude relationship and the second magnitude relationship:
  • K1+Koffset1-TA1 If the size of K1+Koffset1-TA1 is less than or equal to threshold #1, UE#1 does not monitor DCI2 (that is, does not monitor the PDCCH corresponding to DCI2) between the end of subframe n and the start of subframe p, and the network Device #1 does not schedule DCI2 (that is, the PDCCH corresponding to DCI2) within this time period.
  • DCI2 is monitored at the end of subframe p until DCI2 is received.
  • K1+Koffset1-TA1 If the size of K1+Koffset1-TA1 is greater than threshold #1 and less than or equal to threshold #2, UE#1 monitors DCI2 between the end of subframe n and the start of subframe n+K1+Koffset1-TA1-1 , that is, monitor DCI2 from the end of receiving DCI1 to the start of the subframe before PUSCH1 is sent, and network device #1 may schedule PDCCH within this time.
  • scheduling PDCCH means scheduling the transmission to the terminal device, so it is necessary to send PDCCH to the terminal device, which is referred to as scheduling PDCCH for short without affecting the understanding of the context, corresponding to it If the PDCCH is not scheduled, it means that the PDCCH is not sent to the terminal device.
  • K1+Koffset1-TA1 If the size of K1+Koffset1-TA1 is greater than threshold #2, UE#1 does not monitor DCI2 between the end of subframe n and the end of n1 period, and network device #1 does not schedule PDCCH during this period. Monitor DCI2 between the end time of n+K1+Koffset1-TA1-1 and the start time of n+K1+Koffset1-TA1-1, network device #1 may schedule PDCCH within this time, as shown in (b) in Figure 4, where the n1 time period The start time is the end time of subframe n, the end time of the n1 period is earlier than the start time of the subframe p, or the end time of the n1 period is the start time of the n1 period plus the duration of the n1 period, the duration of the n1 period For determination, refer to the determination method of threshold #1 or threshold #2, which will not be described in detail here; or,
  • K1+Koffset1-TA1 If the value of K1+Koffset1-TA1 is greater than threshold #2, UE#1 monitors DCI2 between the end of subframe n and the end of period n1, and network device #1 may schedule PDCCH within this time, if UE#1 If DCI2 is received between the end of subframe n and the end of n1 period, the PDCCH will not be monitored between the start of subframe m and the start of subframe p.
  • UE#1 If UE#1 is in subframe n If no DCI2 is received between the end of the n1 period and the end of the n1 period, UE#1 will not monitor the PDCCH between the end of the n1 period and the start of sending uplink data PUSCH1, and network device #1 will PDCCH is not scheduled within the period, as shown in (c) in Figure 5, wherein the start time of the n1 period is the end time of subframe n; or,
  • K1+Koffset1-TA1 If the value of K1+Koffset1-TA1 is greater than the threshold #2, UE#1 monitors DCI2 between the start time of the n1 period and the end of the n1 period, and does not monitor DCI2 in the rest of the time, and the network device #1 is only possible in this period.
  • the PDCCH is scheduled during the time, and the PDCCH is not scheduled during the rest of the time.
  • network device #1 sends DCI2, UE #1 monitors DCI2 in one of the above methods, and receives DCI2 in subframe m.
  • UE#1 sends PUSCH1 ahead of TA1, and the network device receives PUSCH1 in subframe n+K1+Koffset1.
  • UE#1 sends PUSCH2 in advance of TA2, and the network device receives PUSCH1 in subframe m+K1+Koffset1.
  • the method 200 enables the UE to determine whether to monitor the PDCCH according to the interval between the PDCCH and the uplink data it schedules, and if so, to shorten the duration of monitoring and reduce the power of the terminal. consumption.
  • the present application also provides another example of a data transmission method, as shown in FIG. 6 , which is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the scenario shown in Figure 6 is that the UE first receives the first DCI, then sends the PUSCH data scheduled by the first DCI, and then receives the second DCI, and then sends the PUSCH data scheduled by the second DCI, where the first One DCI and second DCI are on two processes respectively.
  • the UE will not receive the network device (such as a satellite) for the first DCI scheduling within the round-trip delay (round-trip time, RTT) time after sending the PUSCH data scheduled by the first DCI.
  • round-trip delay round-trip time, RTT
  • the DCI of the PUSCH data (the DCI is used to schedule subsequent new data or schedule retransmission of the PUSCH data scheduled by the first DCI, for example, the DCI includes a new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI)).
  • the UE needs to monitor the PDCCH from the second process. Since the RTT of network device communication is relatively long, if the DCI corresponding to the PDCCH of the second process exists within the RTT time, large power consumption will be introduced.
  • the data transmission method designed in the embodiment of the present application is method 300, which will be described below with reference to FIG. 6.
  • network device #1 sends DCI1, UE#1 receives the DCI of the first process on subframe n, That is, DCI1, which is used to schedule resources for transmission of uplink data PUSCH1.
  • UE#1 determines a manner of monitoring DCI2.
  • UE#1 determines the period n2 according to the above data scheduling method, and UE#1 only monitors the DCI of the second process in period n2, that is, DCI2.
  • DCI2 is used to schedule resources for the transmission of uplink data PUSCH2.
  • PDCCH is scheduled on n2, and the determination of period n2 has the following methods:
  • the start time of period n2 is the end time of subframe p, and the end time of period n2 is less than or equal to the end time of RTT1, wherein subframe p is used by UE#1 to transmit
  • the start time of RTT1 period is the end time of subframe p
  • the duration of RTT1 period is the round-trip delay between UE#1 and network device #1, in other words, from RTT1 From the end moment of , UE#1 needs to monitor the feedback DCI corresponding to the uplink data PUSCH1, therefore, UE#1 can first determine a maximum listening duration t, t is greater than or equal to 0, and the end time of period n2 is the beginning of period n2 Time plus t, the end time of period n2 is earlier than the start time of subframe q.
  • the maximum listening duration t may be stipulated in the protocol, or configured by the network device through RRC signaling, or pre-configured in UE#1, or the duration of UE#1 according to the uplink data or downlink data (or the number of repetitions) is calculated, and the specific content is similar to the calculation method of threshold #1 or threshold #2 in method 200, and will not be repeated here.
  • UE#1 After sending the uplink data PUSCH1 data, UE#1 starts to monitor the DCI of the second process at the beginning of n2, that is, DCI2, until the end of the period n2, the network equipment in the period n2 The PDCCH may be scheduled, and the UE#1 will not monitor the DCI2 from the end of the period n2 to the end of the RTT1, and the network device will not schedule the PDCCH.
  • the start time of period n2 is greater than the end time of subframe p, and the end time of period n2 is the end time of RTT1.
  • the end time of period n2 is the end time of RTT1.
  • RTT1 For the description of subframe p and RTT1, refer to Note that no further details are given here. From the end of RTT1, UE#1 needs to monitor the feedback DCI corresponding to the uplink data PUSCH1. Therefore, UE#1 can first determine a maximum listening duration t, and the starting time of period n2 is The end moment of period n2 is subtracted from t.
  • the determination method of the maximum listening duration t refers to the above-mentioned method d, which will not be repeated here.
  • UE#1 after sending the uplink data PUSCH1 data, UE#1 does not monitor DCI2 until the beginning of period n2, and the network equipment does not schedule PDCCH. During period n2, UE#1 monitors DCI2.
  • a network device may schedule PDCCH.
  • the start time of period n2 is greater than the end time of subframe p, and the end time of period n2 is less than the end time of RTT1, that is, period n2 is located between the end time of subframe p and the end of RTT1
  • the end time of period n2 is less than the end time of RTT1
  • period n2 is located between the end time of subframe p and the end of RTT1
  • UE#1 needs to monitor the feedback DCI corresponding to the uplink data PUSCH1. Therefore, UE #1 can first determine any two or three of the start time of period n2, the end time of period n2, and the maximum listening duration t, and then determine period n2.
  • the start time of period n2 plus the maximum listening duration t can be used to obtain the end time of period n2, and for another example, period n2 can be determined according to the start time of period n2 and the end time of period n2, and for example, the end of period n2
  • the start time of period n2 can be obtained by subtracting the maximum listening duration t from the time.
  • the determination method of the start time of the period n2, the end time of the period n2, and the value of the maximum listening duration t refers to the above-mentioned method d, which will not be repeated here.
  • UE#1 after sending the uplink data PUSCH1 data, UE#1 only monitors DCI2 in the n2 time period before the end time of RTT1, and the network equipment may schedule the PDCCH in the n2 time period.
  • UE#1 sends uplink data PUSCH1 in advance of TA1 (for example, sends PUSCH1 on subframe p in FIG. 6 ), and network device #1 receives uplink data PUSCH1 on subframe n+K1+Koffset1.
  • UE#1 monitors DCI2 in one of the above manners, and receives DCI2 in subframe m.
  • UE#1 sends uplink data PUSCH2 in advance of TA2 (for example, sends PUSCH2 on subframe q in FIG. 6 ), and network device #1 receives uplink data PUSCH2 on subframe m+K2+Koffset2.
  • the method 300 is used to enable the UE to monitor the DCI only for a certain period of time, and not monitor it for the rest of the time, which can reduce the duration of monitoring and reduce the power consumption of the UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application also considers how the UE monitors the feedback DCI corresponding to the uplink data after sending two uplink data according to the scheduling of the two DCIs. Assuming that the UE sends uplink data PUSCH1 according to the DCI of the first process, that is, the scheduling of DCI1, and sends the uplink data PUSCH2 according to the DCI of the second process, that is, the scheduling of DCI2, then the time from the end of sending the uplink data PUSCH1 to sending the uplink data
  • the time interval between the PUSCH2 starting moments is Toffset (wherein, the transmission time unit of Toffset can be time slot (slot), subframe (subframe), symbol (symbol), sampling interval number etc., the application uses Toffset as subframe number as an example, not limited to this).
  • Koffset will be relatively large, resulting in a large time interval between DCI1 and DCI2, which in turn will cause Toffset to be relatively large, so that network equipment (such as satellite)
  • the time interval between receiving uplink data PUSCH1 and uplink data PUSCH2 is also relatively large, and the network device may send the feedback DCI of PUSCH1 before the start time of receiving PUSCH2 after receiving the end time of uplink data PUSCH1, that is, the network device After receiving two PUSCH data, the feedback DCI corresponding to the first PUSCH data is delivered.
  • the UE needs to monitor the PDCCH after the RTT time elapses after the end time of sending PUSCH1.
  • the network device will send the feedback DCI of PUSCH1 after receiving PUSCH2.
  • the UE needs to monitor the PDCCH after the RTT time after the end of sending PUSCH2.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another example of the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the DCI of the second process namely DCI1
  • the DCI of the second process namely DCI2
  • UE#1 receives DCI1 on subframe n
  • UE#1 determines the monitoring mode of the feedback DCI corresponding to the uplink data PUSCH1 and the uplink data PUSCH2 to be sent respectively.
  • the transmission resources of the uplink data PUSCH1 are scheduled by DCI1
  • the transmission resources of the uplink data PUSCH2 are scheduled by DCI2 (in other words, DCI1 schedules the uplink data PUSCH1, and DCI2 schedules the uplink data PUSCH2).
  • UE#1 determines the monitoring mode of the feedback DCI corresponding to the two uplink data according to the time interval between the uplink data PUSCH1 and the uplink data PUSCH2 and the magnitude relationship of the threshold #3.
  • the determination manner of the threshold #3 refer to the determination manner of the threshold #1 or the threshold #2 in the method 200, which will not be repeated in this application.
  • UE#1 determines the monitoring methods of the feedback DCI corresponding to the two uplink data as follows:
  • DCI3 is the feedback DCI sent by the network device for the uplink data PUSCH1, for example, the NDI included in the DCI
  • DCI4 is the feedback DCI sent by the network device for the uplink data PUSCH2, for example, the NDI included in the DCI.
  • the start time of RTT2 period is the end time of subframe q
  • the end time of RTT2 is earlier than or equal to the start time of subframe y
  • the duration of RTT2 is the round-trip delay between UE#1 and network device #1
  • the end time of RTT2 The time is the start time of the RTT2 period plus the duration of RTT2.
  • Toffset is greater than threshold #2
  • UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 at the end of RTT3, and the network device sends DCI3 after receiving uplink data PUSCH1.
  • the start time of RTT3 is the end time of subframe p
  • the end time of RTT3 is earlier than or equal to the start time of subframe y
  • the duration of RTT3 is the round-trip delay between UE#1 and network device #1
  • the RTT3 The end time is the start time of the RTT3 period plus the duration of RTT3.
  • UE#1 may receive DCI3 before the start time of subframe q, or may receive DCI3 after the end time of subframe q. If DCI3 is received between the end of RTT3 and the start of subframe q, UE#1 does not monitor DCI4 from the end of subframe y to the end of RTT4, where the start of RTT4 is the subframe The end time of q, the end time of RTT4 is earlier than or equal to the start time of subframe s, the duration of RTT4 is the round-trip delay between UE#1 and network device #1, the end time of RTT3 is the start time of RTT3 plus The duration of RTT3, because DCI4 can only receive DCI4 after UE#1 sends PUSCH2 and after the round-trip delay, UE#1 will listen to DCI4 after the end of RTT4, as shown in Figure 7 As shown in (b); if DCI3 is not received between the end time of RTT3 and the start time of subframe q,
  • UE#1 sends uplink data PUSCH1 in advance of TA1 (for example, sends PUSCH1 on subframe p in FIG. 7 ), network device #1 receives uplink data PUSCH1 on subframe n+K1+Koffset1, network device #1 After receiving the uplink data PUSCH1 and sending DCI3, UE#1 monitors DCI3 by using one of the above methods by judging, and receives DCI3 in subframe y.
  • UE#1 sends uplink data PUSCH2 in advance of TA2 (for example, sends PUSCH2 on subframe q in FIG. 7 ), network device #1 receives uplink data PUSCH2 on subframe m+K2+Koffset2, network device #1 After receiving the uplink data PUSCH2 and sending DCI4, UE#1 monitors DCI4 by using one of the above methods by judging, and receives DCI4 in subframe s.
  • the method 400 is used to enable the UE to monitor the DCI only for a certain period of time, and not monitor it for the rest of the time, which can reduce the duration of monitoring and reduce the power consumption of the UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application also considers how the UE monitors the subsequent DCI after the DCI sent by the network device schedules the downlink data and at the same time schedules the uplink data for the UE to perform ACK/NACK feedback on the PDSCH data.
  • the uplink data fed back by the ACK/NACK is sent by using an uplink data channel. For example, in the following scenarios, when UE receives the downlink data PDSCH1 scheduled by the DCI (DCI1) of the first process, it will perform ACK/NACK feedback. If the feedback is ACK, the network device will send DCI after receiving it. Schedule new data. If the feedback is NACK, the network device will issue DCI to schedule retransmission on PDSCH1 after receiving it.
  • the UE can monitor DCI at the earliest after RTT, and at the latest can monitor PDCCH after receiving the downlink data PDSCH2 scheduled by the DCI of the second process and after RTT .
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another example of the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the DCI of the second process namely DCI1
  • the DCI of the second process namely DCI2
  • UE#1 receives DCI1 on subframe n
  • DCI1 is used to schedule downlink data PDSCH1 sent by network device #1 and ACK1/NACK1 resources for PDSCH1 sent by UE#1
  • DCI2 is used to schedule downlink data PDSCH2 sent by network device #1 and resources for PDSCH1 sent by UE#1 ACK2/NACK2 resource of PDSCH2.
  • network device #1 sends PDSCH1 and PDSCH2, UE#1 receives PDSCH1 on subframe p, UE#1 sends uplink data ACK1 in advance of TA1 (for example, send ACK1 on subframe r in FIG. 8 ), corresponding , network device #1 receives ACK1 on subframe n+K1+Koffset1, receives PDSCH2 on subframe q, UE#1 sends uplink data ACK2 in advance of TA2 (for example, sends ACK2 on subframe t in FIG. 8 ), Correspondingly, network device #1 receives ACK2 in subframe m+K2+Koffset2.
  • UE#1 determines the monitoring method for DCI3 fed back by the ACK1/NACK1 network device and DCI4 fed back by the ACK2/NACK2 network device.
  • the following uses ACK1 and ACK2 as examples to illustrate.
  • UE#1 sends ACK1 earlier than sending ACK2 , that is, the time when network device #1 receives ACK1 is earlier than the time when it receives ACK2.
  • UE#1 determines the monitoring mode of DCI3 and DCI4 according to the relationship between the time interval AToffset between ACK1 and ACK2 and threshold #4. Wherein, for the description of the time unit of AToffset, refer to the description of Toffset, which will not be repeated here. AToffset is an integer greater than or equal to 0. For the determination method of threshold #4, refer to the determination method of threshold #1 or threshold #2 in method 200. This application will not go into details here. UE#1 determines the monitoring methods of the feedback DCI corresponding to the two uplink data as follows:
  • AToffset is less than or equal to threshold #4, the time interval between network device #1 receiving ACK1 and ACK2 will also be less than or equal to threshold #4, then network device #1 sends DCI3 and DCI4 after receiving ACK1 and ACK2, UE #1 starts to monitor DCI3 and DCI4 after sending ACK2.
  • UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 and DCI4 after the end of the RTT5 period, as shown in (a) in FIG. 8 .
  • the start time of the RTT5 period is the end time of subframe t
  • the end time of the RTT5 period is earlier than or equal to the end time of subframe y
  • the duration of RTT5 is the round-trip delay between UE#1 and network device #1
  • RTT5 The end time of is the start time of the RTT5 period plus the duration of RTT5.
  • AToffset is greater than threshold #4, the time interval between network device #1 receiving ACK1 and ACK2 will also be greater than threshold #4, then network device #1 may issue its corresponding DCI3 after receiving ACK1, then UE# 1 Start to monitor DCI3 after sending ACK1, and start monitoring DCI4 after sending ACK2.
  • UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 after the end of the RTT6 period, and starts to monitor DCI4 at the end of RTT5, as shown in (b) in FIG. 8 .
  • the start time of RTT6 period is the end time of subframe r
  • the end time of RTT6 period is earlier than or equal to the end time of subframe y
  • the duration of RTT6 is the round-trip delay between UE#1 and network device #1
  • RTT6 The end time of is the start time of the RTT5 period plus the duration of RTT5.
  • UE#1 On the basis of mode k, if UE#1 receives DCI3 after the end time of RTT6 and before the end time of RTT5, then UE#1 does not monitor DCI4 between the end time of subframe y and the end time of RTT5, and The monitoring of DCI4 starts after the end time of RTT5, as shown in (b) in FIG. 8 .
  • network device #1 sends DCI3 and DCI4, and UE#1 monitors DCI3 and DCI4 in one of the above manners by judging, and receives DCI3 in subframe y and receives DCI4 in subframe s.
  • method 500 enables the UE to determine whether to monitor DCI or not to monitor DCI according to the relationship between the interval between two ACK/NACKs fed back by the network device and the threshold value, which can reduce the duration of monitoring and reduce the UE's power consumption.
  • the manner in which the network device #1 schedules the DCI2 is corresponding to the manner in which the UE#1 monitors the DCI2, that is, both are judged according to the above rules.
  • the UE determines the DCI monitoring method through judgment.
  • the present application also provides an embodiment in which the network device (such as a satellite) directly specifies the UE monitoring DCI method for the above-mentioned different scenarios.
  • the present application also provides a data transmission method 600, which will be described below with reference to FIG. 9, which is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • network device #1 sends DCI1, UE#1 receives DCI1 in subframe n, and DCI1 is used to schedule transmission resources of uplink data PUSCH1.
  • the network device #1 determines the manner in which the UE #1 monitors the DCI2.
  • network device #1 determines the manner in which UE#1 monitors DCI2 by specifying the size of K1+Koffset1, and there are several ways as follows.
  • Network device #1 stipulates that K1+Koffset1 is less than or equal to threshold #5, and UE#1 always monitors DCI2 from the end of subframe n to the previous subframe before sending PUSCH1 (for example, as shown in (a) in Figure 9 , UE#1 always monitors DCI2 between the end moment of subframe n and the start moment of subframe n+K1+Koffset1-TA1-1), that is, network device #1 schedules the PDCCH corresponding to DCI2 within this time, As shown in (a) in Figure 9. For the value of threshold #5, reference may be made to the value of threshold #1 or threshold #2 in method 200, which will not be repeated here.
  • Network device #1 stipulates that K1+Koffset1 is greater than threshold #5, and determines the n3 period, UE#1 only monitors DCI2 in n3 period, and does not monitor DCI2 in other periods, that is, network device #1 only schedules the PDCCH corresponding to DCI2 in n3 period, As shown in (b) in Figure 9. Wherein, the start time of period n3 is greater than or equal to (not earlier than) the end time of subframe n, and the end time of period n3 is less than or equal to (not later than) the start of subframe n+K1+Koffset1-TA1-1 time.
  • Network device #1 can inform UE#1 of the method of monitoring DCI through RRC signaling, or pre-configure the above method in the network device and UE.
  • the network device only needs to tell the UE the index, and the UE finds the corresponding monitoring DCI according to the index. way.
  • network device #1 schedules and sends DCI2 in one of the above methods according to regulations, UE#1 monitors DCI2 accordingly, and receives DCI2 in subframe m, UE#1 sends uplink data PUSCH1 in advance of TA1, corresponding , the network device receives uplink data PUSCH1 on subframe n+K1+Koffset1, UE#1 sends uplink data PUSCH2 ahead of TA2, and correspondingly, the network device receives uplink data PUSCH2 on subframe m+K2+Koffset2, wherein the uplink data The transmission resource of PUSCH2 is scheduled by DCI2.
  • K1+Koffset1 may also be stipulated in the protocol, and the network device #1 and UE#1 perform DCI scheduling or monitoring according to the foregoing manner stipulated in the protocol.
  • the method 600 is used to enable the network device to directly specify K1+Koffset1 and determine whether the UE monitors the DCI or not, which can reduce the duration of monitoring and reduce the power consumption of the UE.
  • the present application also provides a data transmission method 700, which will be described below with reference to FIG. 10, which is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • network device #1 sends DCI1, UE#1 receives DCI1 in subframe n, and DCI1 is used to schedule transmission resources of uplink data PUSCH1.
  • the network device #1 determines the manner in which the UE #1 monitors the DCI2, and sends the DCI2.
  • the network device #1 determines the n4 period, the network device #1 only schedules the PDCCH corresponding to the DCI2 during the n4 period, and the UE#1 monitors the DCI2 only during the n4 period.
  • the start time of period n4 is greater than or equal to (not earlier than) the end time of subframe p, and the end time of n4 period is earlier than or equal to the start time of sending PUSCH2 (for example, the start time of subframe q in FIG.
  • the duration of the n4 period can be stipulated in the agreement, or configured by the network device through RRC signaling, can also be pre-configured, and can also be the duration of the network device #1 according to the uplink data or downlink data (or repeated times), the specific content is similar to the calculation method of threshold #1 or threshold #2 in method 200, and will not be repeated here.
  • the end time of the n4 period is the start time of the n4 period plus the duration of the n4 period.
  • UE#1 sends uplink data PUSCH1 in advance of TA1, correspondingly, the network device receives uplink data PUSCH1 on subframe n+K1+Koffset1 (such as subframe p in Figure 10), UE#1 monitors DCI2 according to the above method, And receive DCI2 on subframe m, UE#1 sends uplink data PUSCH2 ahead of TA2, correspondingly, the network device receives uplink data PUSCH2 on subframe m+K2+Koffset2, wherein the transmission resource of uplink data PUSCH2 is scheduled by DCI2.
  • subframe n+K1+Koffset1 such as subframe p in Figure 10
  • period n4 may also be stipulated by the agreement, and the network device #1 and the UE#1 perform DCI scheduling or monitoring according to the above-mentioned manner stipulated in the agreement.
  • the method 700 enables the network device to directly specify the period during which the UE monitors the DCI, which can reduce the duration of monitoring and reduce the power consumption of the UE.
  • the present application also provides a data transmission method 800, which will be described below with reference to FIG. 11, which is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • network device #1 sends DCI1 and DCI2, UE #1 receives DCI1 on subframe n, and receives DCI2 on subframe m.
  • DCI1 is used for scheduling the transmission resources of the uplink data PUSCH1
  • DCI2 is used for scheduling the transmission resources of the uplink data PUSCH2.
  • the network device #1 determines the manner in which the UE #1 monitors DCI3 and DCI4.
  • network device #1 specifies the value of Toffset to determine the manner in which UE#1 monitors DCI3 and DCI4.
  • Toffset refer to the description of method 400, which will not be repeated here.
  • Network device #1 stipulates that the value of Toffset is less than or equal to threshold #6, network device #1 sends DCI3 and DCI4 after receiving PUSCH2, and UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 and DCI4 after sending PUSCH2 and after a round-trip delay.
  • Toffset refer to the description of Toffset in the method 400, and for the determination method of the threshold #6, refer to the method of the threshold #1 or the threshold #2 in the method 200, which will not be repeated here.
  • UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 and DCI4 after the end time of RTT2.
  • RTT2 refers to method 400, which will not be repeated here.
  • network device #1 may also specify a duration t1.
  • Network device #1 sends DCI3 and DCI4 after receiving PUSCH2 after a duration of t1, and UE#1 begins to monitor DCI3 and DCI4 after adding t1 to the end time of RTT2.
  • the unit of the time length t1 may also be other units such as time slot, subframe, symbol, etc.
  • the value of the time length t1 refer to the value method of the time length t, which will not be repeated here.
  • network device #1 may also specify a specific time domain position for sending DCI3 and DCI4, and UE #1 only needs to monitor DCI3 and DCI4 at the specified time domain position.
  • network device #1 can also specify a duration of t2.
  • Network device #1 sends DCI2 after sending DCI1 and after t2.
  • UE#1 only needs to start listening to DCI2 after t2 at the end of subframe y.
  • the unit of the duration t2 may also be other units such as time slots, subframes, and symbols.
  • the value method of the duration t2 refer to the value method of the duration t, which will not be repeated here.
  • UE#1 sends uplink data PUSCH1 ahead of TA1, correspondingly, the network device receives uplink data PUSCH1 on subframe n+K1+Koffset1 (such as subframe p in Figure 11), UE#1 sends uplink data PUSCH2 ahead of TA2 , correspondingly, the network device receives the uplink data PUSCH2 on the subframe m+K2+Koffset2, the network device #1 schedules and sends DCI3 and DCI4 in one of the above methods according to regulations, UE#1 monitors DCI3 and DCI4 accordingly, And receive DCI3 on subframe y, and receive DCI4 on subframe s.
  • subframe n+K1+Koffset1 such as subframe p in Figure 11
  • UE#1 sends uplink data PUSCH2 ahead of TA2
  • the network device receives the uplink data PUSCH2 on the subframe m+K2+Koffset2
  • the network device #1 schedules and send
  • the above method may also be stipulated in the protocol, UE#1 monitors the DCI according to the protocol, or the above method is pre-configured in the network device #1 and UE#1, and the network device #1 determines the DCI monitoring method according to the protocol, And inform UE#1 of the index, UE#1 can determine the DCI monitoring method according to the index
  • the time domain position where the UE monitors the DCI can be directly specified, which can reduce the duration of monitoring and reduce the power consumption of the UE.
  • the present application also provides a data transmission method 900, which will be described below with reference to FIG. 12, which is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • network device #1 sends DCI of the first process (namely DCI1) and DCI of the second process (ie DCI2), UE#1 receives DCI1 on subframe n, and receives DCI2 on subframe m.
  • DCI1 is used to schedule downlink data PDSCH1 sent by network device #1 and ACK1/NACK1 resources for PDSCH1 sent by UE#1
  • DCI2 is used to schedule downlink data PDSCH2 sent by network device #1 and resources for PDSCH1 sent by UE#1 ACK2/NACK2 resource of PDSCH2.
  • network device #1 determines how UE#1 monitors DCI3 and DCI4, wherein DCI3 is used by network device #1 to feed back ACK1/NACK1, and DCI4 is used by network device #1 to feed back ACK2/NACK2, and ACK1 is used below Taking ACK2 as an example for illustration, UE#1 sends ACK1 earlier than ACK2, that is, network device #1 receives ACK1 earlier than ACK2.
  • Network device #1 determines the monitoring mode of DCI3 and DCI4 by specifying the size of the time interval AToffset between ACK1 and ACK2. Wherein, for the value of AToffset, refer to method 200, which will not be repeated in this application.
  • network device #1 stipulates that the value of AToffset does not exceed threshold #7, wherein the value of threshold #7 can refer to the determination method of threshold #1 or threshold #2 in method 200, and network device #1 receives ACK1 DCI3 and DCI4 are sent after ACK2, so UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 and DCI4 after sending ACK2 (at the end of subframe t), as shown in (a) in FIG. 12 .
  • UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 and DCI4 at the end of RTT5 plus duration t3, wherein, for RTT5, refer to the description of method 500, and the unit of duration t3 may also be other units such as time slot, subframe, symbol, etc., duration t3
  • duration t3 For the determination method, refer to the maximum listening duration t in the method 300, which will not be repeated here, where the duration t3 is greater than or equal to 0.
  • UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 and DCI4 at the end of RTT5, and when t3 is specified to be greater than 0, UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 and DCI4 after t3 at the end of RTT5, and the network device# 1 Schedule the PDCCHs corresponding to DCI3 and DCI4 in a corresponding manner.
  • Network device #1 stipulates that DCI3 corresponding to ACK1 should be delivered between receiving ACK1 and ACK2.
  • UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 at the end of RTT6 plus a duration t4 according to the regulations.
  • the determination method of duration t4 can be found in the determination of duration t3 way, which will not be repeated here, wherein, the duration t4 is greater than or equal to 0.
  • UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 at the end of RTT6, and when the specified t4 is greater than 0, UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 after t4 after the end of RTT6. If DCI3 is received after t4 at the end time and before the start time of sending ACK2, then UE#1 does not monitor DCI4 between the end time of subframe y and the end time of RTT5, and network device #1 schedules DCI3 and DCI4 in a corresponding manner Corresponding PDCCH.
  • Network device #1 sends DCI3 and DCI4 after t5 at the end of receiving ACK2, and UE#1 begins to monitor DCI3 and DCI4 at the end of RTT5 plus a duration of t5.
  • the duration t5 is greater than or equal to 0, and the value of the duration t5 For the method, refer to the value method of the duration t4, which will not be repeated here.
  • network device #1 After receiving ACK1 and ACK2, network device #1 sends DCI3 and DCI4 at the specified time domain position, and sets the time interval between DCI3 and DCI4 as DToffset according to the regulations, that is, the end time of sending DCI3 and the start time of sending DCI4 The time interval is DToffset, UE#1 monitors DCI3 at the corresponding time domain position, and starts to monitor DCI4 after DToffset at the end of subframe y.
  • network device #1 delivers DCI3 at the specified time tp, and delivers DCI4 after DToffset
  • UE#1 starts to monitor DCI3 at time tp plus 1/2 round-trip delay
  • at the end of receiving DCI3 starts to monitor DCI4 after DToffset.
  • the above methods j1 to j4 may be stipulated in the agreement.
  • the network device #1 schedules the PDCCHs corresponding to DCI3 and DCI4 according to the agreement, and the UE#1 monitors the DCI according to the agreement. This application will not repeat them here.
  • the above methods j1 ⁇ method j4 can also be pre-configured in UE#1 and network device #1, network device #1 notifies UE#1 of the index corresponding to the monitoring method adopted by RRC signaling, and UE#1 follows RRC signaling The indicated monitoring method monitors the DCI.
  • network device #1 sends PDSCH1 and PDSCH2, UE#1 receives PDSCH1 on subframe p, UE#1 sends uplink data PUSCH1 in advance of TA1, correspondingly, network device receives uplink data ACK1 on subframe n+K1+Koffset1 (such as subframe r in Figure 12), receiving PDSCH2 on subframe q, UE#1 sends uplink data ACK2 in advance of TA2, correspondingly, the network device receives uplink data ACK2 on subframe m+K2+Koffset2 (such as subframe t) in 12.
  • network device #1 schedules and sends DCI3 and DCI4 in one of the above methods according to regulations, UE #1 monitors DCI3 and DCI4 accordingly, and receives DCI3 on subframe y and DCI4 on subframe s.
  • the different monitoring modes in methods 600 to 900 can be pre-configured in UE#1, and network device #1 can send the default monitoring mode of the data scheduling mode used for scheduling data to UE#1 before scheduling data.
  • UE#1 only needs to monitor PDCCH according to the default monitoring method. If it is required for different services, network device #1 can activate other monitoring methods, and send the index or number of the monitoring method to be used to UE# 1.
  • UE#1 monitors the PDCCH according to the activated monitoring mode.
  • the method 900 enables to directly specify the time domain position where the UE monitors the DCI, which can reduce the duration of monitoring and reduce the power consumption of the UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application also considers the scenario where the size of the TA affects whether the uplink and downlink data of the network device (such as a satellite) is aligned.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another example of a data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • TA is small, for example, it is less than or equal to threshold #8, wherein, the determination method of threshold #8 can refer to the determination method of threshold #1 or threshold #2 in method 200, and the uplink and downlink data of the network device can be considered to be aligned, That is, TA is the round-trip transmission delay from the UE to the network device.
  • the time between the start time of the downlink subframe n+1 and the end time of the downlink subframe n+3 of the UE is During this period of time, there is no need to monitor the physical downlink control channel, as shown in (a) in Figure 13; when TA is large, for example, it is greater than threshold #8, but the amount of timing advance made by the UE is smaller than TA, that is, what the UE actually does If the timing advance is less than the round-trip delay with the network device, then the network device needs to make an additional timing offset Kmac for the uplink data or downlink data (that is, delay the time for receiving uplink data or sending downlink data, the number of offset subframes Kmac,
  • the time unit of Kmac here can also be time slot, symbol, sampling interval, etc., and then converted into the number of subframes), wherein, Kmac is greater than or equal to 0, and the UE monitors the PDCCH using method 1000.
  • UE#1 receives DCI1 on downlink subframe n, and UE#1 sends PUSCH1 ahead of TA1.
  • UE#1 determines the monitoring mode according to the relationship between TA1 and threshold #8, and monitors the physical downlink control channel according to one of the following modes.
  • TA1 is equal to the round-trip delay between UE#1 and network device #1, and UE#1 is from the start moment of downlink subframe n+1 to the end moment of downlink subframe n+3 During this period of time, the PDCCH is not monitored, the network device #1 does not schedule the PDCCH during this period, and the UE #1 starts to monitor the PDCCH at the end of the downlink subframe n+3.
  • UE#1 When TA1 is greater than threshold #8 and less than the round-trip delay between UE#1 and network device #1, UE#1 is in the period from the start moment of downlink subframe n+1 to the end moment of downlink subframe n+3+Kmac The PDCCH is not monitored for a period of time, the network device #1 does not schedule the PDCCH during this period, and the UE #1 starts to monitor the PDCCH at the end of the downlink subframe n+3+Kmac.
  • Network device #1 receives PUSCH1 after being offset by Kmac subframes.
  • the method 1000 enables the UE to determine the time domain position for monitoring the physical downlink control channel according to the magnitude of the timing advance, which can reduce the duration of monitoring and reduce the power consumption of the UE.
  • PDCCH, PDSCH, and PUSCH involved in this application can not only be directly applied to LTE and 5G systems, but also can be applied to NB-IoT (Narrowband IoT, narrowband IoT) systems.
  • NB-IoT Nearband IoT, narrowband IoT
  • PDCCH, PDSCH, and PUSCH are respectively Corresponding to NPDCCH, NPDSCH, NPUSCH.
  • FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 are schematic structural diagrams of possible communication devices provided by the embodiments of the present application. These communication apparatuses can realize the functions of the terminal equipment or the network equipment in the above method embodiments, and therefore can also realize the beneficial effects of the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be the first communication device in the method 100, or the second communication device in the method 100, or a module applied to the first communication device or the second communication device (such as chips).
  • a communication device 1100 includes a transceiver module 1101 and a processing module 1102 .
  • the communication device 1100 may be used to implement the functions of the first communication device or the second communication device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3 above.
  • the transceiver module 1101 is used to receive the first downlink control channel PDCCH, and the first PDCCH includes the first downlink control information DCI, the first DCI is used to indicate the first resource, and the first resource is used to carry the first uplink data;
  • the processing module 1102 is used to determine the first period or the second period, and the first period includes monitoring the second A period of two PDCCHs, the second period does not include the second PDCCH; the processing module 1102 is further configured to monitor the second PDCCH according to the first period or the second period.
  • the transceiver module 1101 is used to send the first downlink control channel PDCCH, and the first PDCCH includes the first downlink control information DCI, the first DCI is used to indicate the first resource, and the first resource is used to carry the first uplink data;
  • the processing module 1102 is used to determine the first period or the second period, and the first period includes sending the first A period of two PDCCHs, the second period does not include the second PDCCH; the processing module 1102 is further configured to send the second PDCCH according to the first period or the second period.
  • transceiver module 1101 and processing module 1102 For a more detailed description of the foregoing transceiver module 1101 and processing module 1102, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, and no further description is given here.
  • a communication device 1200 includes a processor 1210 and an interface circuit 1220 .
  • the processor 1210 and the interface circuit 1220 are coupled to each other.
  • the interface circuit 1220 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device 1200 may further include a memory 1230 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1210 or storing input data required by the processor 1210 to execute the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 1210 executes the instructions.
  • the memory 1230 and the processor 1210 may be integrated together, or may be independent devices.
  • the processor 1210 is used to execute the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1102
  • the interface circuit 1220 is used to execute the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1101 .
  • the chip of the first communication device implements the functions of the first communication device in the above method embodiment.
  • the first communication device chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first communication device, and the information is sent to the first communication device by the second communication device (such as network equipment); or, the first communication device
  • the chip of the communication device sends information to other modules (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) in the first communication device, and the information is sent by the first communication device to the second communication device.
  • the chip of the second communication device implements the functions of the second communication device in the above method embodiment.
  • the second communication device chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second communication device, and the information is sent to the second communication device by the first communication device; or, the second communication device chip sends information to the second communication device Other modules (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) in the second communication device send information, and the information is sent by the second communication device to the first communication device.
  • processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, or any conventional processor.
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory (random access memory, RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or known in the art any other form of storage medium.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC may be located in the access network device or the terminal device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the access network device or the terminal device as discrete components.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted via a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server integrating one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a DVD; it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD).
  • a magnetic medium such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium such as a DVD
  • it may also be a semiconductor medium such as a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD).
  • “at least one” means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an “or” relationship; in the formulas of this application, the character “/” indicates that the contextual objects are a "division” Relationship.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Astronomy & Astrophysics (AREA)
  • Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Radio Relay Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种数据传输方法，使能终端设备根据数据传输的方式确定监听PDCCH的方式，从而降低卫星通信系统中由于往返时延过长导致终端设备监听PDCCH的时长较长的影响，降低终端设备的功耗，所述方法包括：接收第一下行控制信道PDCCH，所述第一PDCCH包括第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于承载第一上行数据；确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时段包括监听第二PDCCH的时段，所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH；根据所述第一时段或所述第二时段监听所述第二PDCCH。

Description

一种数据传输方法和装置
本申请要求于2021年5月10日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110506524.8、申请名称为“一种数据传输方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种数据传输方法和装置。
背景技术
在卫星通信系统中，由于非陆地网络(non-terrestrial network，NTN)中的网络设备(例如卫星)与终端设备的海拔高度相差较大(一般会大于500km)。因此，卫星通信中同一个波束/小区内终端设备的往返时延和往返时延差远大于地面同一小区中UE的往返时延和往返时延差。例如，当陆地蜂窝网中小区直径为350km时，小区内的最大往返时延为1.17毫秒(ms)。然而，卫星轨道高度为600km，波束直径为350km时，最大的往返时延可以达到约13ms(终端设备的通信仰角为10度)。
为了便于网络设备操作，需要上行信号到达网络设备时与相对应的下行信号的定时对齐，因此不同的终端设备在发送上行信号时要根据与网络设备之间的往返时延而做不同的定时提前(timing advance，TA)调整，使得所有用户同时达到网络设备。例如，终端设备在时隙n收到物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)数据，而终端设备需要在n+K时隙上反馈确认字符(acknowledge character，ACK)或者否认字符(negative acknowledge，NACK)，由于TA的需要，终端设备需要在n+K-TA时隙发送ACK，其中，TA需要转换成与K相同的单位，因此，TA的最大值小于K，目前，K的最大值为15，当子载波宽度(subcarrier spacing，SCS)为30KHz时，一个时隙长度为0.5ms，那么TA最大为7.5ms，又由于NTN网络中的往返时延可以达到几百ms，因此，目前最大的TA值无法满足NTN网络中的终端设备定时提前的需要，据此，引入了K偏移值(也可称为Koffset值)，即，网络设备调度对应的ACK在n+K+Koffset时隙上传输，即，网络侧在n+K+Koffset时隙上接收ACK，终端设备需要进行TA调整来发送ACK，Koffset的取值需要保证K+Koffset能够覆盖终端设备的最大TA，然而，同样意味着，网络设备可以在n与n+K+Koffset之间发送下行控制信息，那么大大增加了终端设备监听PDCCH(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)的时长，增大了终端设备的功耗，如果终端设备是物联网(internet of things，IoT)设备，那么IoT设备会对功耗更加的敏感。因此，如何减少在卫星通信系统中终端设备监听下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)的时长成为亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供一种数据传输方法和装置，使能卫星通信系统中的终端设备监听DCI的方式更加灵活，并且减少了终端设备的由于往返时延过长而导致的较长的DCI监听时长，降低了终端设备的功耗。
第一方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，所述方法包括：接收第一下行控制信道PDCCH，所述第一PDCCH包括第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于承载第一上行数据；确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时段包括监听第二PDCCH的时段，所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH；根据所述第一时段或所述第二时段监听所述第二PDCCH。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在所述第一资源上发送所述第一上行数据。
需要说明的是，第一方面以及第一方面的各个实施方式的执行主体可以是终端设备，即接收第一PDCCH、发送第一上行数据、第一时段或者第二时段的确定都是基于终端设备侧的角度。
所述第一时段包括监听第二PDCCH的时段，可以理解为，终端设备在第一时段监听第二PDCCH；所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH，可以理解为，终端设备在第二时段不监听所述第二PDCCH。
采用上述方式，使能终端设备在第一时段监听第二PDCCH，在第二时段不监听第二PDCCH，避免了终端设备长时间的监听PDCCH，降低了终端设备的功耗，尤其是在卫星通信系统中，由于往返时延过长，终端设备监听PDCCH的时长较长。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二PDCCH包括第二DCI，所述第二DCI用于指示第二资源，所述第二资源用于承载第二上行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在所述第二资源上发送所述第二上行数据。
示例性的，所述第二DCI可以包括新数据指示(new data indicator，NDI)，即用于指示所述第二上行数据是传输的新数据还是第一上行数据的重传数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时间间隔包括自接收所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
需要说明的是，此处可以站在终端设备的角度来理解，例如所述第一时间间隔包括终端设备接收所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源(即发送第一上行数据)对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔，第一方面的其它实施方式也可以参见此处说明。
采用上述方式，使能终端设备较为灵活地选择第一时段或第二时段，从而灵活地监听第二PDCCH。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第一大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第一阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第二阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二阈值大于所述第一阈值。
示例性的，所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值为预定义的，或者
所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，还可以确定第一时段和第二时段。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔小于或等于所述第一阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当接收第一DCI和发送第一上行数据的时间间隔较小时，终端设备在此时间内可以不监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内不调度第二PDCCH，能够减少终端设备监听DCI的时间，降低功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔小于或等于所述第一阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当接收第一DCI和发送第一上行数据的时间间隔较小时，可以规定终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第一阈值并且小于或等于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
示例性的，传输时间单位可以是时隙(slot)、子帧(subframe)、毫秒等其它单位。
上述方式中，终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：若在所述第一时段内收到了所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，若终端设备在第一时段内收到了第二DCI，那么终端设备从收到第二DCI以后一直到发送第一上行数据之前都不需要再监听第二DCI了，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：若在第一时段内未收到所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第一时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，若终端设备在第一时段内没有第二DCI，那么终端设备从第一时段的结束时刻到发送第一上行数据的起始时刻之间也不需要再监听第二DCI了，网络设备在此时 间内也不会调度第二DCI，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当第一时间间隔较大时，终端设备可以只在接收第一DCI的结束时刻到发送第一上行数据的起始时刻之间的一段时间内监听所述第二DCI，在其它时间内不监听所述第二DCI，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第一时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第一时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第一时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在上述方式中，终端设备开始监听第二DCI(或可称为监听第二PDCCH)的时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻，也可以晚于第一资源对应的结束时刻，监听第二DCI的结束时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二时段包括自所述第一时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置和第二通信装置的往返时延。
在上述方式中，由于卫星通信系统中的往返时延过长，终端设备在发送第一上行数据后，一直到接收到该第一上行数据的反馈DCI(例如NDI)，这之间的往返时延如果一直监听的话对功耗的消耗比较大，因此采用上述方式使能终端设备只在其中一段时间内监听或者不监听DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第二时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第二时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第二时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第二时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第二时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在上述方式中，终端设备开始监听第二DCI(或可称为监听第二PDCCH)的时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻，也可以晚于第一资源对应的结束时刻，监听第二DCI的结束时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置和第二通信装置的往返时延。
在上述方式中，由于卫星通信系统中的往返时延过长，终端设备在发送第一上行数据后，一直到接收到该第一上行数据的反馈DCI(例如NDI)，这之间的往返时延如果一直监听的话对功耗的消耗比较大，因此采用上述方式使能终端设备只在其中一段时间内监听或者不监听DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在确定第一时段或第二时段之前，接收第三PDCCH，所述第三PDCCH包括第三DCI，所述第三DCI用于指示第三资源，所述第三资源用于承载第三上行数据，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
根据第二时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第二时间间隔包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
示例性的，所述第二DCI可以包括新数据指示(new data indicator，NDI)，即用于指示所述第三上行数据是传输的新数据还是第一上行数据的重传数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第二时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第三大小关系为第二时间间隔的大小和第三阈值之间的大小关系，所述第三阈值大于0。
示例性的，所述第三阈值为预定义的，或者
所述第三阈值与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第三阈值与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔小于或等于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经过第二时延的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第二时延为第三时间量与第一时延的和，所述第一时延为第一通信装置与第二通信装置之间的往返时延，所述第三时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第三时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第三时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第三时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
上述方式中，所述第一通信装置可以是终端设备，例如IoT设备或手持终端设备，第二通信装置可以是网络设备，例如卫星。当第二时间间隔较小时，终端设备只需在发送第三上行数据后的一段时间内监听DCI即可，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔大于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置与第二通信装置之间的往返时延。
上述方式中，当第二时间间隔较大时，卫星可能在收到第一上行数据后就发送第二DCI，因此终端可以在发送第一上行数据并经过往返时延后监听第二DCI，也可以按照规定再延迟一定的时间开始监听第二DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔大于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻至所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经所述第一时延的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置与第二通信装置之间的往返时延。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法包括：若在所述第一时段收到了所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经过所述第一时延的时刻之间的时段。
采用上述方式，终端设备在第一时段内收到第二DCI后，可以停止监听，以减少功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在确定第一时段或第二时段之前，在第四资源上发送所述第一上行数据，所述第四资源对应的起始时刻比所述第一资源对应的起始时刻提前了第四时间量，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据所述第四时间量的大小与第四阈值的大小关系确定所述第二时段。
示例性的，所述第四时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第四时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第四时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第四资源对应的结束时刻为上行子帧n的结束时刻，所述根据所述第四时间量的大小与第四阈值的大小关系确定所述第二时段包括：若所述第四时间量大于第四阈值，所述第二时段包括自下行子帧n+1的起始时刻至下行子帧n+3+Kmac的结束时刻之间的时段，其中，Kmac为第二通信装置上下行帧边界的偏移量。
上述方式中，终端设备所做的定时提前的量无法使网络设备的上下行子帧边界对齐，网络设备会推迟Kmac的子帧数来接收所述第一上行数据，因此终端设备可以延迟Kmac的时间来监听DCI，减少终端设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的起始时刻延迟第五时间量的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第五时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第五时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第五时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第五时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
上述方式中，通过直接规定终端设备在固定的时间内监听第二DCI，从而进一步减少终端设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第三时延的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第三时延为第六时间量与第一时延的和，所述第一时延为第一通信装置与第二通信装置之间的往返时延。
上述方式中，通过直接规定终端设备在固定的时间内监听第二DCI，从而进一步减少终端设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段或所述第二时段的起始时刻和结束时刻为预定义的，所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻与所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时间间隔为预定义的。
上述方式中，通过直接规定终端设备在固定的时间内监听第二DCI，从而进一步减少终端设备的功耗。例如，可以约定网络设备收到两个ACK/NACK之后，在规定的时间点下发两个PDCCH，包括两个PDCCH的起始时间，和两个PDCCH的间隔，终端设备根据规定在相应的时间内监听PDCCH，可进一步减少监听PDCCH的时长。
第二方面，提供了一种数据传输方法，所述方法包括：发送第一下行控制信道PDCCH， 所述第一PDCCH包括第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于承载第一上行数据；确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时段包括发送第二PDCCH的时段，所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH；根据所述第一时段或所述第二时段发送所述第二PDCCH。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在所述第一资源上接收所述第一上行数据。
需要说明的是，第二方面以及第二方面的各个实施方式的执行主体可以是网络设备(例如卫星)，即发送第一PDCCH、接收第一上行数据、第一时段或者第二时段的确定都是基于网络设备侧的角度，与基于终端设备侧的角度有些不同的地方，例如终端设备接收第一PDCCH的起始时刻是网络设备发送第一PDCCH的开始时刻并经过传输时延的时刻，或1/2的RTT，又例如，终端设备从发送第一上行数据的结束时刻到接收第一上行数据的反馈DCI(例如NDI)的起始时刻经过了RTT，但是对于网络设备侧，网络设备在接收第一上行数据的结束时刻后可发送第一上行数据的反馈DCI(例如NDI)。其它不同的地方参见上述说明，在此不再赘述。
所述第一时段包括监听第二PDCCH的时段，可以理解为，网络设备在第一时段发送(调度)第二PDCCH；所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH，可以理解为网络设备在第二时段不发送(调度)所述第二PDCCH。
采用上述方式，使能终端设备在第一时段监听第二PDCCH，在第二时段不监听第二PDCCH，避免了终端设备长时间的监听PDCCH，降低了终端设备的功耗，尤其是在卫星通信系统中，由于往返时延过长，终端设备监听PDCCH的时长较长。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二PDCCH包括第二DCI，所述第二DCI用于指示第二资源，所述第二资源用于承载第二上行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在所述第二资源上接收所述第二上行数据。
示例性的，所述第二DCI可以包括新数据指示(new data indicator，NDI)，即用于指示所述第二上行数据是传输的新数据还是第一上行数据的重传数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时间间隔包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
需要说明的是，此处可以站在网络设备的角度来理解，例如所述第一时间间隔包括网设备发送所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源(即接收第一上行数据)对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔，第二方面的其它实施方式也可以参见此处说明。
采用上述方式，使能终端设备较为灵活地选择第一时段或第二时段，从而灵活地监听第二PDCCH。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第一大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第一阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第二阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二阈值大于所述第一阈值。
示例性的，所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值为预定义的，或者
所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，还可以确定第一时段和第二时段。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔小于或等于所述第一阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当发送第一DCI和接收第一上行数据的时间间隔较小时，终端设备在此时间内可以不监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内不调度第二PDCCH，能够减少终端设备监听DCI的时间，降低功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔小于或等于所述第一阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当发送第一DCI和接收第一上行数据的时间间隔较小时，可以规定终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第一阈值并且小于或等于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
示例性的，传输时间单位可以是时隙(slot)、子帧(subframe)、毫秒等其它单位。
上述方式中，终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：
若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：若在所述第一时段内发送了所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，若网络设备在第一时段内发送了第二DCI，也就意味着终端设备在第一时段内收到了第二DCI，那么终端设备从收到第二DCI以后一直到发送第一上行数据之前都不需要再监听第二DCI了，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一 个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当第一时间间隔较大时，终端设备可以只在接收第一DCI的结束时刻到发送第一上行数据的起始时刻之间的一段时间内监听所述第二DCI，在其它时间内不监听所述第二DCI，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第一时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第一时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第一时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在上述方式中，终端设备开始监听第二DCI(或可称为监听第二PDCCH)的时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻，也可以晚于第一资源对应的结束时刻，监听第二DCI的结束时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二时段包括自所述第一时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
在上述方式中，由于卫星通信系统中的往返时延过长，终端设备在发送第一上行数据后，一直到接收到该第一上行数据的反馈DCI(例如NDI)，这之间的往返时延如果一直监听的话对功耗的消耗比较大，因此采用上述方式使能终端设备只在其中一段时间内监听或者不监听DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻延迟第二时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第二时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第二时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第二时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第二时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在上述方式中，网络设备开始发送第二DCI(或可称为调度第二PDCCH)的时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻，也可以晚于第一资源对应的结束时刻，也可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻并经过第一时延的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置和第二通信装置的往返时延。
在上述方式中，由于卫星通信系统中的往返时延过长，终端设备在发送第一上行数据后，一直到接收到该第一上行数据的反馈DCI(例如NDI)，这之间的往返时延如果一直监听的话对功耗的消耗比较大，因此采用上述方式使能终端设备只在其中一段时间内监听或者不监听DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在确定第一时段或第二时段之前，发送第三PDCCH，所述第三PDCCH包括第三DCI，所述第三DCI用于指示第三资源，所述第三资源用于承载 第三上行数据，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第二时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第二时间间隔包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
示例性的，所述第二DCI可以包括新数据指示(new data indicator，NDI)，即用于指示所述第三上行数据是传输的新数据还是第一上行数据的重传数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第二时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第三大小关系为第二时间间隔的大小和第三阈值之间的大小关系，所述第三阈值大于0。
示例性的，所述第三阈值为预定义的，或者
所述第三阈值与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第三阈值与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔小于或等于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经过第三时间量的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第三时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第三时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第三时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第三时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
上述方式中，所述第一通信装置可以是终端设备，例如IoT设备或手持终端设备，第二通信装置可以是网络设备，例如卫星。当第二时间间隔较小时，终端设备只需在发送第三上行数据后的一段时间内监听DCI即可，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔大于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当第二时间间隔较大时，卫星可能在收到第一上行数据后就发送第二DCI，因此终端可以在发送第一上行数据并经过往返时延后监听第二DCI，也可以按照规定再延迟一定的时间开始监听第二DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔大于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的结束时刻之间的时段。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法包括：若在所述第一时段发送了所述第二PDCCH，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的结束时刻之间的时段。
采用上述方式，终端设备在第一时段内收到第二DCI后，可以停止监听，以减少功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在确定第一时段或第二时段之前，在第四资源上接收所述第一上行数据，所述第四资源对应的起始时刻比所述第一资源对应的起始时刻偏移了Kmac个子帧，所述Kmac大于或等于0，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
根据所述Kmac的大小与第四阈值的大小关系确定所述第二时段。
示例性的，所述第四时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第四时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第四时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第四资源对应的结束时刻为上行子帧n的结束时刻，所述根据所述Kmac的大小与第四阈值的大小关系确定所述第二时段包括：若所述Kmac的大小大于第四阈值，所述第二时段包括自下行子帧n+1的起始时刻至下行子帧n+3+Kmac的结束时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，终端设备所做的定时提前的量无法使网络设备的上下行子帧边界对齐，网络设备会推迟Kmac的子帧数来接收所述第一上行数据，因此终端设备可以延迟Kmac的时间来监听DCI，减少终端设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段或所述第二时段的起始时刻和结束时刻为预定义的，所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻与所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时间间隔为预定义的。
上述方式中，通过直接规定终端设备在固定的时间内监听第二DCI，从而进一步减少终端设备的功耗。例如，可以约定网络设备收到两个ACK/NACK之后，在规定的时间点下发两个PDCCH，包括两个PDCCH的起始时间，和两个PDCCH的间隔，终端设备根据规定在相应的时间内监听PDCCH，可进一步减少监听PDCCH的时长。
第三方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，所述装置包括：收发模块，所述收发模块用于接收第一下行控制信道PDCCH，所述第一PDCCH包括第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于承载第一上行数据；处理模块，所述处理模块用于确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时段包括监听第二PDCCH的时段，所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH；所述处理模块还用于根据所述第一时段或所述第二时段监听所述第二PDCCH。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在所述第一资源上发送所述第一上行数据。
需要说明的是，第三方面以及第三方面的各个实施方式的执行主体可以是终端设备，即接收第一PDCCH、发送第一上行数据、第一时段或者第二时段的确定都是基于终端设备侧的角度。
所述第一时段包括监听第二PDCCH的时段，可以理解为，终端设备在第一时段监听第二PDCCH；所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH，可以理解为，终端设备在第二时段不监听所述第二PDCCH。
采用上述方式，使能终端设备在第一时段监听第二PDCCH，在第二时段不监听第二PDCCH，避免了终端设备长时间的监听PDCCH，降低了终端设备的功耗，尤其是在卫星通信系统中，由于往返时延过长，终端设备监听PDCCH的时长较长。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二PDCCH包括第二DCI，所述第二DCI用于指示第二资源，所述第二资源用于承载第二上行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在所述第二资源上发送所述第二上行数据。
示例性的，所述第二DCI可以包括新数据指示(new data indicator，NDI)，即用于指示所述第二上行数据是传输的新数据还是第一上行数据的重传数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时间间隔包括自接收所述第一PDCCH的结束时 刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
需要说明的是，此处可以站在终端设备的角度来理解，例如所述第一时间间隔包括终端设备接收所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源(即发送第一上行数据)对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔，第一方面的其它实施方式也可以参见此处说明。
采用上述方式，使能终端设备较为灵活地选择第一时段或第二时段，从而灵活地监听第二PDCCH。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第一大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第一阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第二阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二阈值大于所述第一阈值。
示例性的，所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值为预定义的，或者
所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，还可以确定第一时段和第二时段。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔小于或等于所述第一阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当接收第一DCI和发送第一上行数据的时间间隔较小时，终端设备在此时间内可以不监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内不调度第二PDCCH，能够减少终端设备监听DCI的时间，降低功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔小于或等于所述第一阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当接收第一DCI和发送第一上行数据的时间间隔较小时，可以规定终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第一阈值并且小于或等于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
示例性的，传输时间单位可以是时隙(slot)、子帧(subframe)、毫秒等其它单位。
上述方式中，终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述装置还包括：若在所述第一时段内收到了所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，若终端设备在第一时段内收到了第二DCI，那么终端设备从收到第二DCI以后一直到发送第一上行数据之前都不需要再监听第二DCI了，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述装置还包括：若在第一时段内未收到所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第一时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，若终端设备在第一时段内没有第二DCI，那么终端设备从第一时段的结束时刻到发送第一上行数据的起始时刻之间也不需要再监听第二DCI了，网络设备在此时间内也不会调度第二DCI，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当第一时间间隔较大时，终端设备可以只在接收第一DCI的结束时刻到发送第一上行数据的起始时刻之间的一段时间内监听所述第二DCI，在其它时间内不监听所述第二DCI，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第一时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第一时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第一时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在上述方式中，终端设备开始监听第二DCI(或可称为监听第二PDCCH)的时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻，也可以晚于第一资源对应的结束时刻，监听第二DCI的结束时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二时段包括自所述第一时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置和第二通信装置的往返时延。
在上述方式中，由于卫星通信系统中的往返时延过长，终端设备在发送第一上行数据后，一直到接收到该第一上行数据的反馈DCI(例如NDI)，这之间的往返时延如果一直监听的话对功耗的消耗比较大，因此采用上述方式使能终端设备只在其中一段时间内监听 或者不监听DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第二时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第二时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第二时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第二时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第二时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在上述方式中，终端设备开始监听第二DCI(或可称为监听第二PDCCH)的时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻，也可以晚于第一资源对应的结束时刻，监听第二DCI的结束时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置和第二通信装置的往返时延。
在上述方式中，由于卫星通信系统中的往返时延过长，终端设备在发送第一上行数据后，一直到接收到该第一上行数据的反馈DCI(例如NDI)，这之间的往返时延如果一直监听的话对功耗的消耗比较大，因此采用上述方式使能终端设备只在其中一段时间内监听或者不监听DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在所述处理模块确定第一时段或第二时段之前，所述收发模块接收第三PDCCH，所述第三PDCCH包括第三DCI，所述第三DCI用于指示第三资源，所述第三资源用于承载第三上行数据，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
根据第二时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第二时间间隔包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
示例性的，所述第二DCI可以包括新数据指示(new data indicator，NDI)，即用于指示所述第三上行数据是传输的新数据还是第一上行数据的重传数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第二时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第三大小关系为第二时间间隔的大小和第三阈值之间的大小关系，所述第三阈值大于0。
示例性的，所述第三阈值为预定义的，或者
所述第三阈值与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第三阈值与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔小于或等于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经过第二时延的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第二时延为第三时间量与第一时延的和，所述第一时延为第一通信装置与第二通信装置之间的往返时延，所述第三时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第三时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第三时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第三时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
上述方式中，所述第一通信装置可以是终端设备，例如IoT设备或手持终端设备，第二通信装置可以是网络设备，例如卫星。当第二时间间隔较小时，终端设备只需在发送第三上行数据后的一段时间内监听DCI即可，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔大于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置与第二通信装置之间的往返时延。
上述方式中，当第二时间间隔较大时，卫星可能在收到第一上行数据后就发送第二DCI，因此终端可以在发送第一上行数据并经过往返时延后监听第二DCI，也可以按照规定再延迟一定的时间开始监听第二DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔大于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻至所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经所述第一时延的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置与第二通信装置之间的往返时延。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述装置包括：若在所述第一时段收到了所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经过所述第一时延的时刻之间的时段。
采用上述方式，终端设备在第一时段内收到第二DCI后，可以停止监听，以减少功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在所述处理模块确定第一时段或第二时段之前，所述收发模块在第四资源上发送所述第一上行数据，所述第四资源对应的起始时刻比所述第一资源对应的起始时刻提前了第四时间量，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据所述第四时间量的大小与第四阈值的大小关系确定所述第二时段。
示例性的，所述第四时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第四时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第四时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第四资源对应的结束时刻为上行子帧n的结束时刻，所述根据所述第四时间量的大小与第四阈值的大小关系确定所述第二时段包括：若所述第四时间量大于第四阈值，所述第二时段包括自下行子帧n+1的起始时刻至下行子帧n+3+Kmac的结束时刻之间的时段，其中，Kmac为第二通信装置上下行帧边界的偏移量。
上述方式中，终端设备所做的定时提前的量无法使网络设备的上下行子帧边界对齐，网络设备会推迟Kmac的子帧数来接收所述第一上行数据，因此终端设备可以延迟Kmac的时间来监听DCI，减少终端设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的起始时刻延迟第五时间量的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第五时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第五时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第五时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第五时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
上述方式中，通过直接规定终端设备在固定的时间内监听第二DCI，从而进一步减少 终端设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第三时延的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第三时延为第六时间量与第一时延的和，所述第一时延为第一通信装置与第二通信装置之间的往返时延。
上述方式中，通过直接规定终端设备在固定的时间内监听第二DCI，从而进一步减少终端设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段或所述第二时段的起始时刻和结束时刻为预定义的，所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻与所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时间间隔为预定义的。
上述方式中，通过直接规定终端设备在固定的时间内监听第二DCI，从而进一步减少终端设备的功耗。例如，可以约定网络设备收到两个ACK/NACK之后，在规定的时间点下发两个PDCCH，包括两个PDCCH的起始时间，和两个PDCCH的间隔，终端设备根据规定在相应的时间内监听PDCCH，可进一步减少监听PDCCH的时长。
第四方面，提供了一种数据传输装置，所述装置包括：收发模块，所述收发模块用于发送第一下行控制信道PDCCH，所述第一PDCCH包括第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于承载第一上行数据；处理模块，所述处理模块用于确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时段包括发送第二PDCCH的时段，所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH；所述收发模块还用于根据所述第一时段或所述第二时段发送所述第二PDCCH。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在所述第一资源上接收所述第一上行数据。
需要说明的是，第四方面以及各个实施方式的执行主体可以是网络设备(例如卫星)，即发送第一PDCCH、接收第一上行数据、第一时段或者第二时段的确定都是基于网络设备侧的角度。
所述第一时段包括监听第二PDCCH的时段，可以理解为，网络设备在第一时段发送(调度)第二PDCCH；所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH，可以理解为网络设备在第二时段不发送(调度)所述第二PDCCH。
采用上述方式，使能终端设备在第一时段监听第二PDCCH，在第二时段不监听第二PDCCH，避免了终端设备长时间的监听PDCCH，降低了终端设备的功耗，尤其是在卫星通信系统中，由于往返时延过长，终端设备监听PDCCH的时长较长。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二PDCCH包括第二DCI，所述第二DCI用于指示第二资源，所述第二资源用于承载第二上行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在所述第二资源上接收所述第二上行数据。
示例性的，所述第二DCI可以包括新数据指示(new data indicator，NDI)，即用于指示所述第二上行数据是传输的新数据还是第一上行数据的重传数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时间间隔包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
需要说明的是，此处可以站在网络设备的角度来理解，例如所述第一时间间隔包括网设备发送所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源(即接收第一上行数据)对应的起 始时刻之间的时间间隔，第二方面的其它实施方式也可以参见此处说明。
采用上述方式，使能终端设备较为灵活地选择第一时段或第二时段，从而灵活地监听第二PDCCH。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第一大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第一阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第二阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二阈值大于所述第一阈值。
示例性的，所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值为预定义的，或者
所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，还可以确定第一时段和第二时段。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔小于或等于所述第一阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当发送第一DCI和接收第一上行数据的时间间隔较小时，终端设备在此时间内可以不监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内不调度第二PDCCH，能够减少终端设备监听DCI的时间，降低功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔小于或等于所述第一阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当发送第一DCI和接收第一上行数据的时间间隔较小时，可以规定终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第一阈值并且小于或等于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
示例性的，传输时间单位可以是时隙(slot)、子帧(subframe)、毫秒等其它单位。
上述方式中，终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述装置还包括：若在所述第一时段内发送了所述第二 DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，若网络设备在第一时段内发送了第二DCI，也就意味着终端设备在第一时段内收到了第二DCI，那么终端设备从收到第二DCI以后一直到发送第一上行数据之前都不需要再监听第二DCI了，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当第一时间间隔较大时，终端设备可以只在接收第一DCI的结束时刻到发送第一上行数据的起始时刻之间的一段时间内监听所述第二DCI，在其它时间内不监听所述第二DCI，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第一时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第一时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第一时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在上述方式中，终端设备开始监听第二DCI(或可称为监听第二PDCCH)的时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻，也可以晚于第一资源对应的结束时刻，监听第二DCI的结束时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二时段包括自所述第一时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
在上述方式中，由于卫星通信系统中的往返时延过长，终端设备在发送第一上行数据后，一直到接收到该第一上行数据的反馈DCI(例如NDI)，这之间的往返时延如果一直监听的话对功耗的消耗比较大，因此采用上述方式使能终端设备只在其中一段时间内监听或者不监听DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻延迟第二时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第二时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第二时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第二时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第二时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在上述方式中，网络设备开始发送第二DCI(或可称为调度第二PDCCH)的时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻，也可以晚于第一资源对应的结束时刻，也可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置和第二通信装置的往返时延。
在上述方式中，由于卫星通信系统中的往返时延过长，终端设备在发送第一上行数据后，一直到接收到该第一上行数据的反馈DCI(例如NDI)，这之间的往返时延如果一直监听的话对功耗的消耗比较大，因此采用上述方式使能终端设备只在其中一段时间内监听或者不监听DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在确定第一时段或第二时段之前，发送第三PDCCH，所述第三PDCCH包括第三DCI，所述第三DCI用于指示第三资源，所述第三资源用于承载第三上行数据，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第二时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第二时间间隔包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
示例性的，所述第二DCI可以包括新数据指示(new data indicator，NDI)，即用于指示所述第三上行数据是传输的新数据还是第一上行数据的重传数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第二时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第三大小关系为第二时间间隔的大小和第三阈值之间的大小关系，所述第三阈值大于0。
示例性的，所述第三阈值为预定义的，或者
所述第三阈值与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第三阈值与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔小于或等于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经过第三时间量的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第三时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第三时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第三时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第三时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
上述方式中，所述第一通信装置可以是终端设备，例如IoT设备或手持终端设备，第二通信装置可以是网络设备，例如卫星。当第二时间间隔较小时，终端设备只需在发送第三上行数据后的一段时间内监听DCI即可，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔大于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当第二时间间隔较大时，卫星可能在收到第一上行数据后就发送第二DCI，因此终端可以在发送第一上行数据并经过往返时延后监听第二DCI，也可以按照规定再延迟一定的时间开始监听第二DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔大于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的结束时刻之间的时段。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述装置包括：若在所述第一时段发送了所述第二PDCCH，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的结束时刻之间的时段。
采用上述方式，终端设备在第一时段内收到第二DCI后，可以停止监听，以减少功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在确定第一时段或第二时段之前，在第四资源上接收所述第一上行数据，所述第四资源对应的起始时刻比所述第一资源对应的起始时刻偏移了Kmac个子帧，所述Kmac大于或等于0，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
根据所述Kmac的大小与第四阈值的大小关系确定所述第二时段。
示例性的，所述第四时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第四时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第四时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第四资源对应的结束时刻为上行子帧n的结束时刻，所述根据所述Kmac的大小与第四阈值的大小关系确定所述第二时段包括：若所述Kmac的大小大于第四阈值，所述第二时段包括自下行子帧n+1的起始时刻至下行子帧n+3+Kmac的结束时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，终端设备所做的定时提前的量无法使网络设备的上下行子帧边界对齐，网络设备会推迟Kmac的子帧数来接收所述第一上行数据，因此终端设备可以延迟Kmac的时间来监听DCI，减少终端设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段或所述第二时段的起始时刻和结束时刻为预定义的，所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻与所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时间间隔为预定义的。
上述方式中，通过直接规定终端设备在固定的时间内监听第二DCI，从而进一步减少终端设备的功耗。例如，可以约定网络设备收到两个ACK/NACK之后，在规定的时间点下发两个PDCCH，包括两个PDCCH的起始时间，和两个PDCCH的间隔，终端设备根据规定在相应的时间内监听PDCCH，可进一步减少监听PDCCH的时长。
第五方面，提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第一通信装置，或者为设置在通信装置中的芯片。该通信装置包括通信接口以及处理器，可选的，还包括存储器。其中，该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令，处理器与存储器、通信接口耦合，当处理器执行所述计算机程序或指令时，使通信装置执行上述方法实施例中由通信装置所执行的方法。
示例性地，存储器和处理器可以集成在一起，也可以为独立的器件。
第六方面，提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第二通信装置(例如第二通信装置)，或者为设置在第二通信装置中的芯片。该通信装置包括通信接口以及处理器，可选的，还包括存储器。其中，该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令，处理器与存储器、通信接口耦合，当处理器执行所述计算机程序或指令时，使通信装置执行上述方法实施例中由第二通信装置所执行的方法。
示例性地，存储器和处理器可以集成在一起，也可以为独立的器件。
第七方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码被运行时，使得上述各方面中由第一通信装置执行的方法被执行。
上述方式中，第一通信装置可以是终端设备。
第八方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码被运行时，使得上述各方面中由第二通信装置执行的方法被执行。
上述方式中，第二通信装置可以是网络设备，例如卫星。
第九方面，本申请提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于实现上述各方面的方法中第一通信装置的功能。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，用于保存程序指令和/或数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
第十方面，本申请提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于实现上述各方面的方法中第二通信装置的功能。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，用于保存程序指令和/或数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
第十一方面，本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，当该计算机程序被运行时，实现上述各方面中由第一通信装置执行的方法。
第十二方面，本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，当该计算机程序被运行时，实现上述各方面中由第二通信装置执行的方法。
本申请通过第一通信装置根据数据传输的方式确定监听PDCCH的方式，使能降低由于卫星通信系统中的往返时延过长造成的监听PDCCH的时长较长的影响，降低第一通信装置的功耗。
附图说明
图1是适用于本申请实施例的一例应用场景图；
图2是适用于本申请实施例的一例应用场景图；
图3为本申请实施例的一例数据传输方法示意图；
图4为本申请实施例的一例数据传输方法示意图；
图5是本申请实施例的再一例数据传输方法示意图；
图6为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图；
图7为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图；
图8为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图；
图9为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图；
图10为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图；
图11为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图；
图12为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图；
图13为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图；
图14是本申请的实施例提供的可能的通信装置的结构示意图；
图15是本申请的实施例提供的可能的通信装置的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。显然，所描述的实施例是本申请 一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
还应理解，申请实施例中的“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“第四”、“第五”、“第六”仅为了区分，不应对本申请构成任何限定。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service，GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation，5G)系统或新无线(new radio，NR)、卫星通信系统、未来的第六代(6th generation，6G)系统等。
本申请实施例中的终端设备，也可以称为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、终端设备单元(subscriber unit)、终端设备站、移动站、移动台(mobile station，MS)、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端(terminal)、无线通信设备、终端设备代理或终端设备装置。终端设备可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、物联网(internet of things，IoT)设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备。还可以包括用户单元、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能手机(smart phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)终端、无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)中的站点(station，ST)。可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站以及下一代通信系统，例如，5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的终端设备等。
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备，网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station，BTS)，也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统中的基站(nodeB，NB)，还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional nodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，还可以是卫星通信系统中的卫星基站，或者网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等，本申请实施例并不限定。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例的技术方案可以适用于集中单元(central unit，CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)架构，也可以适用于控制面(control plane，CP)和(user plane，UP)分离的架构，本申请对此不做限定。
为了便于理解，以下将对本申请实施例所涉及的基本概念作简单介绍。
定时提前(timing advance，TA)：在通信系统中，为保证基站下的UE发送的上行 数据能够同步到达基站，在上行传输过程中，UE需要维护一个定时提前量(timing advance，TA)，基站会根据上行信号的偏移情况为UE调整其定时提前量。在卫星通信系统中，由于UE与卫星基站之间的往返时延较大，相比于陆地系统中的TA，卫星通信系统中的TA值会比较大。例如，如图1所示，图1是适用于本申请实施例的一例应用场景图，UE在子帧(subframe)n接收完PDSCH数据，基站需要在子帧n+K+Koffset上接收UE发送的混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)-ACK数据(其中，n、K和Koffset都是正整数)，由于往返时延较大，UE需要提前TA个时间单位去发送HARQ-ACK数据，该时间单位还可以是时隙(slot)、符号、毫秒、采样间隔数等。需要说明的是，本申请实施例涉及到TA的地方，也遵从上述TA的说明。
图2是适用于本申请实施例的一例应用场景图。在图2中，地面移动终端通过5G新空口接入网络，5G基站部署在卫星上，并通过无线链路与地面的核心网相连。同时，在卫星之间存在无线链路，完成基站与基站之间的信令交互和用户数据调度。图2中的各个网元以及他们的接口说明如下：
终端：可参见上述有关终端设备的说明，并且该终端可以通过空口接入卫星网络并发起呼叫，上网等业务。
5G基站：在5G系统中，主要提供无线接入服务，调度无线资源给接入终端，提供可靠的无线传输协议和数据加密协议等。
5G核心网：包括用户接入控制，移动性管理，会话管理，用户安全认证，计费等业务。5G核心网有多个功能单元组成，可以分为控制面和数据面的功能实体。其中，接入与移动管理单元(AMF)，负责用户接入管理，安全认证，还有移动性管理；用户面单元(UPF)负责管理用户面数据的传输，流量统计等功能。
地面站：负责转发卫星基站和5G核心网之间的信令和业务数据。
5G新空口：终端和基站之间的无线链路。
Xn接口：5G基站和5G基站之间的接口，主要用于切换等信令交互。
NG接口：5G基站和5G核心网之间接口，主要交互核心网的非接入层(non-access stratum，NAS)等信令以及用户的业务数据。
在上述场景中，由于卫星通信系统中，终端设备与网络设备(例如卫星)之间的往返时延较大，为了适应该需求，终端设备定时提前的值需要增加，因此，在目前的时隙的偏移值K的基础上增加了K偏移值(Koffset)，导致终端设备需要监听PDCCH数据(即DCI)的时间过长，功耗增加。本申请通过设计卫星通信系统中终端设备监听DCI的规则来减少监听时长，达到减少功耗的效果。
如图3中的方法100所示，图3为本申请实施例的一例数据传输方法示意图。
S110，第二通信装置发送第一下行控制信道PDCCH，第一通信装置接收第一PDCCH。
具体地，所述第一PDCCH包括第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于承载第一上行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在所述第一资源上发送所述第一上行数据。
其中，第二通信装置可以是网络设备，例如卫星，第一通信装置可以是终端设备，例如IoT设备或手持终端设备，其中IoT设备对功耗可能更为敏感，因此更加适用。
S120，所述第一通信装置确定第一时段或第二时段。
其中，所述第一时段包括监听第二PDCCH的时段，所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH；
所述第一时段包括监听第二PDCCH的时段，可以理解为，终端设备在第一时段监听第二PDCCH；所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH，可以理解为，终端设备在第二时段不监听所述第二PDCCH。
采用上述方式，使能终端设备在第一时段监听第二PDCCH，在第二时段不监听第二PDCCH，避免了终端设备长时间的监听PDCCH，降低了终端设备的功耗，尤其是在卫星通信系统中，由于往返时延过长，终端设备监听PDCCH的时长较长。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二PDCCH包括第二DCI，所述第二DCI用于指示第二资源，所述第二资源用于承载第二上行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在所述第二资源上发送所述第二上行数据。
示例性的，所述第二DCI可以包括新数据指示(new data indicator，NDI)，即用于指示所述第二上行数据是传输的新数据还是第一上行数据的重传数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时间间隔包括自接收所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
需要说明的是，此处可以站在终端设备的角度来理解，例如所述第一时间间隔包括终端设备接收所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源(即发送第一上行数据)对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔，方法100的其它实施方式也可以参见此处说明。
采用上述方式，使能终端设备较为灵活地选择第一时段或第二时段，从而灵活地监听第二PDCCH。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第一大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第一阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第二阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二阈值大于所述第一阈值。
示例性的，所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值为预定义的，或者
所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第一阈值或者所述第二阈值与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，还可以确定第一时段和第二时段。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔小于或等于所述第一阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当接收第一DCI和发送第一上行数据的时间间隔较小时，终端设备在此时间内可以不监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内不调度第二PDCCH，能够减少终端设备监听DCI的时间，降低功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔小于或等于所述第一阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当接收第一DCI和发送第一上行数据的时间间隔较小时，可以规定终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第一阈值并且小于或等于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
示例性的，传输时间单位可以是时隙(slot)、子帧(subframe)、毫秒等其它单位。
上述方式中，终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，终端设备只需在此时间内监听第二DCI，即网络设备在此时间内调度第二PDCCH，不再其它时间段内调度第二PDCCH，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：若在所述第一时段内收到了所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，若终端设备在第一时段内收到了第二DCI，那么终端设备从收到第二DCI以后一直到发送第一上行数据之前都不需要再监听第二DCI了，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：若在第一时段内未收到所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第一时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，若终端设备在第一时段内没有第二DCI，那么终端设备从第一时段的结束时刻到发送第一上行数据的起始时刻之间也不需要再监听第二DCI了，网络设备在此时间内也不会调度第二DCI，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
上述方式中，当第一时间间隔较大时，终端设备可以只在接收第一DCI的结束时刻到发送第一上行数据的起始时刻之间的一段时间内监听所述第二DCI，在其它时间内不监听所述第二DCI，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一资源对应的结束 时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第一时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第一时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第一时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在上述方式中，终端设备开始监听第二DCI(或可称为监听第二PDCCH)的时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻，也可以晚于第一资源对应的结束时刻，监听第二DCI的结束时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二时段包括自所述第一时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第二通信装置和第一通信装置的往返时延。
在上述方式中，由于卫星通信系统中的往返时延过长，终端设备在发送第一上行数据后，一直到接收到该第一上行数据的反馈DCI(例如NDI)，这之间的往返时延如果一直监听的话对功耗的消耗比较大，因此采用上述方式使能终端设备只在其中一段时间内监听或者不监听DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第二时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第二时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第二时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第二时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第二时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在上述方式中，终端设备开始监听第二DCI(或可称为监听第二PDCCH)的时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻，也可以晚于第一资源对应的结束时刻，监听第二DCI的结束时间可以是第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻，采用上述方式避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第二通信装置和第一通信装置的往返时延。
在上述方式中，由于卫星通信系统中的往返时延过长，终端设备在发送第一上行数据后，一直到接收到该第一上行数据的反馈DCI(例如NDI)，这之间的往返时延如果一直监听的话对功耗的消耗比较大，因此采用上述方式使能终端设备只在其中一段时间内监听或者不监听DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在确定第一时段或第二时段之前，接收第三PDCCH，所述第三PDCCH包括第三DCI，所述第三DCI用于指示第三资源，所述第三资源用于承载第三上行数据，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
根据第二时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第二时间间隔包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
示例性的，所述第二DCI可以包括新数据指示(new data indicator，NDI)，即用于 指示所述第三上行数据是传输的新数据还是第一上行数据的重传数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第二时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第三大小关系为第二时间间隔的大小和第三阈值之间的大小关系，所述第三阈值大于0。
示例性的，所述第三阈值为预定义的，或者
所述第三阈值与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第三阈值与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔小于或等于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经过第二时延的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第二时延为第三时间量与第一时延的和，所述第一时延为第二通信装置与第一通信装置之间的往返时延，所述第三时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第三时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第三时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第三时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
上述方式中，所述第二通信装置可以是终端设备，例如IoT设备或手持终端设备，第一通信装置可以是网络设备，例如卫星。当第二时间间隔较小时，终端设备只需在发送第三上行数据后的一段时间内监听DCI即可，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔大于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第二通信装置与第一通信装置之间的往返时延。
上述方式中，当第二时间间隔较大时，卫星可能在收到第一上行数据后就发送第二DCI，因此终端可以在发送第一上行数据并经过往返时延后监听第二DCI，也可以按照规定再延迟一定的时间开始监听第二DCI，避免了终端设备在其它时间内作无用的监听。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：若所述第二时间间隔大于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻至所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经所述第一时延的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第二通信装置与第一通信装置之间的往返时延。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法包括：若在所述第一时段收到了所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经过所述第一时延的时刻之间的时段。
采用上述方式，终端设备在第一时段内收到第二DCI后，可以停止监听，以减少功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在确定第一时段或第二时段之前，在第四资源上发送所述第一上行数据，所述第四资源对应的起始时刻比所述第一资源对应的起始时刻提前了第四时间量，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：根据所述第四时间量的大小与第四阈值的大小关系确定所述第二时段。
示例性的，所述第四时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第四时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第四时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第四资源对应的结束时刻为上行子帧n的结束时刻，所述根据所述第四时间量的大小与第四阈值的大小关系确定所述第二时段包括：若所述第四时间量大于第四阈值，所述第二时段包括自下行子帧n+1的起始时刻至下行子帧n+3+Kmac的结束时刻之间的时段，其中，Kmac为第二通信装置上下行帧边界的偏移量。
上述方式中，终端设备所做的定时提前的量无法使网络设备的上下行子帧边界对齐，网络设备会推迟Kmac的子帧数来接收所述第一上行数据，因此终端设备可以延迟Kmac的时间来监听DCI，减少终端设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的起始时刻延迟第五时间量的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第五时间量大于或等于0。
示例性的，所述第五时间量为预定义的，或者
所述第五时间量与所述第一资源对应的时长关联，或者
所述第五时间量与所述第一上行数据的重复传输次数关联。
上述方式中，通过直接规定终端设备在固定的时间内监听第二DCI，从而进一步减少终端设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第三时延的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第三时延为第六时间量与第一时延的和，所述第一时延为第二通信装置与第一通信装置之间的往返时延。
上述方式中，通过直接规定终端设备在固定的时间内监听第二DCI，从而进一步减少终端设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一时段或所述第二时段的起始时刻和结束时刻为预定义的，所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻与所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时间间隔为预定义的。
上述方式中，通过直接规定终端设备在固定的时间内监听第二DCI，从而进一步减少终端设备的功耗。例如，可以约定网络设备收到两个ACK/NACK之后，在规定的时间点下发两个PDCCH，包括两个PDCCH的起始时间，和两个PDCCH的间隔，终端设备根据规定在相应的时间内监听PDCCH，可进一步减少监听PDCCH的时长。
S130，所述第一通信装置监听所述第二PDCCH。
具体地，所述第一通信装置根据所述第一时段或所述第二时段监听所述第二PDCCH。
下面，结合具体数据传输方式对方法100进行详细说明，需要说明的是，下面各个实施例采用“子帧”作为传输的时间单位为例进行的说明，应理解，本申请不局限于“子帧”作为传输的时间单位，还可以是时隙、符号、毫秒，采样间隔等。
本申请提供了一例数据传输方法，如图4所示，图4为本申请实施例的一例数据传输方法示意图。图4所示场景为UE先收到两个DCI，再发送两个DCI调度的物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)数据。
例如图4中的(a)所示，假设进程数为2，一个DCI只能调度一个传输块(transmit block，TB)，UE需要先接收两个DCI，分别为DCI1和DCI2，DCI1调度的上行数据PUSCH1为在子帧n+K1+Koffset1上传输，UE提前TA1发送PUSCH1，DCI2调度的上行数据 PUSCH2为在子帧m+K2+Koffset2上传输，UE提前TA2发送PUSCH2。其中，K1、K2、Koffset1、Koffset2、TA1和TA2为大于或等于0的正整数，并且，K1、K2、Koffset1、Koffset2、TA1和TA2遵循上述K、Koffset、TA的说明，其中，TA(TA1和TA2)的单位需要转换成和K、Koffset的单位相同，如果K1+Koffset1-TA1间隔较大，才会允许插入DCI2。针对上述场景，本申请实施例设计的数据传输方法如图5中的方法200所示，图5是本申请实施例的再一例数据传输方法示意图：
S210中，网络设备#1(网络设备#1表示某一个网络设备的意思，其它类似表达参见此处解释)发送DCI1，UE#1在子帧n上接收DCI1，DCI1用于调度上行数据PUSCH1的传输资源。
S220，UE#1确定监听DCI2的方式，DCI2用于调度上行数据PUSCH2的传输资源。
具体地，UE#1根据第一大小关系、第二大小关系中的至少一种确定监听DCI2的方式，第一大小关系为K1+Koffset1-TA1的大小与阈值#1的关系，第二大小关系为K1+Koffset1-TA1的大小与阈值#2的关系，其中，阈值#1和阈值#2大于0，阈值#2大于阈值#1，阈值#1和阈值#2的取值可以是预定义的，也可以是协议约定的，还可以是网络设备通过无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)信令配置给UE#1的，还可以是UE#1根据上行数据或者下行数据的时长(或者重复次数)计算的，例如，DCI1的时长为1个子帧，那么阈值#1为1+2＝3，阈值#2为1+5＝6，即，阈值#1和阈值#2的取值为DCI1的时长加上一个值而确定的，又例如，DCI1的重复次数为2，那么阈值#1为2*1＝2，阈值#2为2*3＝6，即，阈值#1和阈值#2的取值为DCI1的时长乘以一个值而确定的，根据上行数据的时长(或者重复次数)计算的方式类似，在此不再赘述。根据其他计算方法确定阈值#1和阈值#2请参见上述内容，在此不再赘述。需要说明的是，阈值#1和阈值#2本申请以子帧数为例进行说明的，阈值#1和阈值#2还可以是时隙数、符号数、毫秒数，采样间隔数等等，最后转化为子帧数进行计算即可，本申请不再赘述。
UE#1根据第一大小关系、第二大小关系中的至少一种确定监听DCI2的方式有如下几种：
方式a
若K1+Koffset1-TA1的大小小于或等于阈值#1，UE#1在子帧n的结束时刻到子帧p的起始时刻之间不监听DCI2(即，不监听DCI2对应的PDCCH)，网络设备#1在该时间内不调度DCI2(即DCI2对应的PDCCH)。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在子帧p的结束时刻开始监听DCI2，直到接收到DCI2为止。
方式b
若K1+Koffset1-TA1的大小大于阈值#1并且小于或等于阈值#2，UE#1在子帧n的结束时刻到子帧n+K1+Koffset1-TA1-1的起始时刻之间监听DCI2，即从接收DCI1的结束时刻到发送PUSCH1的前一个子帧的起始时刻之间监听DCI2，网络设备#1在该时间内可能会调度PDCCH。
本申请中，对某一终端设备而言，调度PDCCH表示调度到该终端设备的传输，因此需要向该终端设备发送PDCCH，在不影响上下文理解的前提下，简称为调度PDCCH，与之相对应的，不调度PDCCH就表示不向该终端设备发送PDCCH。
方式c
若K1+Koffset1-TA1的大小大于阈值#2，UE#1在子帧n的结束时刻到n1时段的结束时刻之间不监听DCI2，网络设备#1在该时间内不调度PDCCH，在n1时段的结束时刻到n+K1+Koffset1-TA1-1的起始时刻之间监听DCI2，网络设备#1在该时间内可能调度PDCCH，如图4中的(b)所示，其中，n1时段的起始时刻即子帧n的结束时刻，n1时段的结束时刻早于子帧p的起始时刻，或者n1时段结束时刻为n1时段的起始时刻加上n1时段的时长，n1时段的时长的确定参见阈值#1或阈值#2的确定方式，在此不再赘述；或者，
若K1+Koffset1-TA1的值大于阈值#2，UE#1在子帧n的结束时刻到n1时段的结束时刻之间监听DCI2，网络设备#1在该时间内可能调度PDCCH，若UE#1在子帧n的结束时刻到n1时段的结束时刻之间收到了DCI2，则在子帧m的起始时刻到子帧p的起始时刻之间不监听PDCCH，若UE#1在子帧n的结束时刻到n1时段的结束时刻之间没有收到DCI2，则UE#1在n1时段的结束时刻到发送上行数据PUSCH1的起始时刻之间不监听PDCCH，并且，网络设备#1在此时间内不调度PDCCH，如图5中的(c)所示，其中，n1时段的起始时刻即子帧n的结束时刻；或者，
若K1+Koffset1-TA1的值大于阈值#2，UE#1在n1时段的起始时刻到n1时段的结束时刻之间监听DCI2，在其余时间不监听DCI2，网络设备#1也只可能在该时间内调度PDCCH，在其余时间不调度PDCCH。
S230中，网络设备#1发送DCI2，UE#1采用上述方式中的一种监听DCI2，并在子帧m上接收DCI2。
S240中，UE#1提前TA1发送PUSCH1，网络设备在子帧n+K1+Koffset1上接收PUSCH1。
在一种可能的实施方式中，S250中，UE#1提前TA2发送PUSCH2，网络设备在子帧m+K1+Koffset1上接收PUSCH1。
在图4所示的场景中，通过方法200使能UE根据PDCCH与其调度的上行数据的间隔大小确定是否监听PDCCH，以及如果监听则按照一定的监听方式，来缩短监听的时长，降低终端的功耗。
本申请还提供了另一例数据传输方法，如图6所示，图6为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图。图6所示场景为UE先收到第一个DCI，然后发送第一个DCI调度的PUSCH数据，在这之后收到第二个DCI，然后发送第二个DCI调度的PUSCH数据，其中，第一个DCI和第二个DCI分别位于两个进程上。在此场景中，UE在发送完第一个DCI调度的PUSCH数据后的往返时延(round-trip time，RTT)时间内都不会收到网络设备(例如卫星)针对于第一个DCI调度的PUSCH数据的DCI(该DCI用于调度后续的新数据或者调度重传第一个DCI调度的PUSCH数据，例如该DCI包括新数据指示(new data indicator，NDI))。在此RTT时间内，UE需要监听来自于第二个进程的PDCCH。由于网络设备通信的RTT较长，如果一直监听RTT时间内是否存在第二个进程的PDCCH对应的DCI会引入较大的功耗。
针对上述场景，本申请实施例设计的数据传输方法为方法300，下面结合图6进行说明，S310中，网络设备#1发送DCI1，UE#1在子帧n上接收第一个进程的DCI，即DCI1， DCI1用于调度上行数据PUSCH1传输的资源。
S320中，UE#1确定监听DCI2的方式。
具体地，UE#1根据上述数据调度方式确定时段n2，UE#1只在时段n2上监听第二个进程的DCI，即DCI2，DCI2用于调度上行数据PUSCH2传输的资源，网络设备只在时段n2上调度PDCCH，其中，时段n2的确定有以下几种方式：
方式d
如图6中的(a)所示，时段n2的起始时刻即子帧p的结束时刻，时段n2的结束时刻小于或等于RTT1的结束时刻，其中，子帧p是UE#1用于发送DCI1调度的上行数据PUSCH1的子帧，RTT1时段的起始时刻为子帧p的结束时刻，RTT1时段的时长为UE#1与网络设备#1之间的往返时延，换句话说，从RTT1的结束时刻开始，UE#1要监听与上行数据PUSCH1对应的反馈DCI，因此，UE#1可以先确定一个最大监听时长t，t大于或等于0，时段n2的结束时刻为时段n2的起始时刻加上t，时段n2的结束时刻早于子帧q的起始时刻。其中，最大监听时长t可以是协议约定的，也可以是网络设备通过RRC信令配置的，还可以是预配置在UE#1中的，还可以是UE#1根据上行数据或者下行数据的时长(或者重复次数)计算的，具体内容类似方法200中的阈值#1或阈值#2的计算方式，在此不再赘述。在该方式中，UE#1在发送完上行数据PUSCH1数据后，即在n2的起始时刻开始监听第二个进程的DCI，即DCI2，一直到时段n2的结束时刻，网络设备在时段n2内可能会调度PDCCH，在时段n2的结束时刻到RTT1的结束时刻UE#1不再监听DCI2，网络设备也不会调度PDCCH。
方式e
如图6中的(b)所示，时段n2的起始时刻大于子帧p的结束时刻，时段n2的结束时刻即RTT1的结束时刻，其中，子帧p和RTT1的说明参见方式d中的说明，在此不再赘述，从RTT1的结束时刻开始，UE#1要监听与上行数据PUSCH1对应的反馈DCI，因此，UE#1可以先确定一个最大监听时长t，时段n2的起始时刻为时段n2的结束时刻减去t。其中，最大监听时长t的确定方式参见上述方式d，在此不再赘述。在该方式中，UE#1在发送完上行数据PUSCH1数据后，一直到时段n2的起始时刻之前，都不监听DCI2，网络设备也不调度PDCCH，在时段n2内，UE#1监听DCI2，网络设备可能会调度PDCCH。
方式f
如图6中的(c)所示，时段n2的起始时刻大于子帧p的结束时刻，时段n2的结束时刻小于RTT1的结束时刻，即时段n2位于子帧p的结束时刻与RTT1的结束时刻之间，其中，子帧p和RTT1的说明参见方式d中的说明，在此不再赘述，从RTT1的结束时刻开始，UE#1要监听与上行数据PUSCH1对应的反馈DCI，因此，UE#1可以先确定时段n2的起始时刻、时段n2的结束时刻、最大监听时长t中的任意两个或三个，即可确定时段n2。例如，时段n2的起始时刻加上最大监听时长t可得到时段n2的结束时刻，又例如，根据时段n2的起始时刻和时段n2的结束时刻可确定时段n2，又例如，时段n2的结束时刻减去最大监听时长t可得到时段n2的起始时刻。其中，时段n2的起始时刻、时段n2的结束时刻、最大监听时长t的数值的确定方式参见上述方式d，在此不再赘述。在该方式中，UE#1在发送完上行数据PUSCH1数据后，RTT1的结束时刻前，只在n2时段内监听DCI2，网络设备可能在n2时段内调度PDCCH。
S330中，UE#1提前TA1发送上行数据PUSCH1(例如，在图6中的子帧p上发送PUSCH1)，网络设备#1在子帧n+K1+Koffset1上接收上行数据PUSCH1。
S340中，UE#1采用上述方式的一种监听DCI2，并在子帧m上接收DCI2。
S350中，UE#1提前TA2发送上行数据PUSCH2(例如，在图6中的子帧q上发送PUSCH2)，网络设备#1在子帧m+K2+Koffset2上接收上行数据PUSCH2。
在图6所示的场景中，通过方法300使能UE只在一段时间内监听DCI，其余时间不监听，能够减少监听的时长，降低UE的功耗。
本申请实施例还考虑了UE根据两个DCI的调度发送两个上行数据后，如何监听上行数据对应的反馈DCI的方式。假设UE根据第一个进程的DCI，即DCI1的调度，发送上行数据PUSCH1，根据第二个进程的DCI，即DCI2的调度，发送上行数据PUSCH2，那么发送上行数据PUSCH1的结束时刻到发送上行数据PUSCH2起始时刻之间的时间间隔为Toffset(其中，Toffset的传输时间单位可以是时隙(slot)、子帧(subframe)、符号(symbol)、采样间隔数等，本申请以Toffset为子帧数为例进行说明，并不限定于此)，在网络设备通信系统中，Koffset会比较大，导致DCI1和DCI2的时间间隔较大，那么进而会导致Toffset比较大，这样网络设备(例如卫星)接收到上行数据PUSCH1和上行数据PUSCH2之间的时间间隔也比较大，网络设备有可能在收到上行数据PUSCH1结束时刻之后，在收到PUSCH2的起始时刻之前发送PUSCH1的反馈DCI，即网络设备在收到两个PUSCH数据中间下发了第一个PUSCH数据对应的反馈DCI。此时，UE需要在发送PUSCH1的结束时刻之后经过RTT时间再去监听PDCCH。但是若Toffset较小，网络设备会在接收完PUSCH2之后才会下发PUSCH1的反馈DCI，此时，UE需要在发送PUSCH2的结束时刻之后经过RTT时间再去监听PDCCH。
针对上述场景，本申请实施例设计的数据传输方法为方法400，下面结合图7进行说明，图7为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图，S410，网络设备#1发送第一个进程的DCI(即DCI1)，和第二个进程的DCI(即DCI2)，UE#1在子帧n上接收DCI1，在子帧m上接收DCI2。
S420，UE#1确定要发送的上行数据PUSCH1和上行数据PUSCH2各自对应的反馈DCI的监听方式。其中，上行数据PUSCH1的传输资源由DCI1调度，上行数据PUSCH2的传输资源由DCI2调度(换句话说，DCI1调度上行数据PUSCH1，DCI2调度上行数据PUSCH2)。
具体地，UE#1根据上行数据PUSCH1和上行数据PUSCH2之间的时间间隔和阈值#3的大小关系确定两个上行数据各自对应的反馈DCI的监听方式。其中，阈值#3的确定方式参见方法200中的阈值#1或阈值#2的确定方式，本申请在此不再赘述。UE#1确定两个上行数据各自对应的反馈DCI的监听方式有如下几种：
方式g
若Toffset小于或等于阈值#2，UE#1在RTT2的结束时刻开始监听DCI3和DCI4，网络设备#1在收到上行数据PUSCH2之后发送DCI3和DCI4，如图7中的(a)所示。其中，DCI3是网络设备针对上行数据PUSCH1发送的反馈DCI，例如该DCI包括的NDI，DCI4是网络设备针对上行数据PUSCH2发送的反馈DCI，例如该DCI包括的NDI。RTT2时段的起始时刻是子帧q的结束时刻，RTT2的结束时刻早于或等于子帧y的起始时刻，RTT2 的时长为UE#1与网络设备#1的往返时延，RTT2的结束时刻为RTT2时段的起始时刻加上RTT2的时长。
方式h
若Toffset大于阈值#2，UE#1在RTT3的结束时刻开始监听DCI3，网络设备在收到上行数据PUSCH1之后发送DCI3。其中，RTT3的起始时刻为子帧p的结束时刻，RTT3的结束时刻早于或等于子帧y的起始时刻，RTT3的时长为UE#1与网络设备#1的往返时延，RTT3的结束时刻为RTT3时段的起始时刻加上RTT3的时长。
方式i
在方式h的基础上，UE#1可能在子帧q的起始时刻之前收到DCI3，也可能在子帧q的结束时刻之后收到DCI3。如果在RTT3的结束时刻与子帧q的起始时刻之间收到DCI3，那么UE#1在子帧y的结束时刻到RTT4的结束时刻不监听DCI4，其中，RTT4的起始时刻为子帧q的结束时刻，RTT4的结束时刻早于或等于子帧s的起始时刻，RTT4的时长为UE#1与网络设备#1的往返时延，RTT3的结束时刻为RTT3时段的起始时刻加上RTT3的时长，因为DCI4只有在UE#1发送PUSCH2并经过了往返时延之后，UE#1才可能会收到DCI4，UE#1在RTT4的结束时刻之后才监听DCI4，如图7中的(b)所示；如果在RTT3的结束时刻与子帧q的起始时刻之间没有收到DCI3，UE#1在子帧q结束时刻之后开始监听DCI3，并在RTT4的结束时刻之后开始监听DCI4，如图7中的(c)所示。
S430中，UE#1提前TA1发送上行数据PUSCH1(例如，在图7中的子帧p上发送PUSCH1)，网络设备#1在子帧n+K1+Koffset1上接收上行数据PUSCH1，网络设备#1收到上行数据PUSCH1后发送DCI3，UE#1通过判断采用上述方式中的一种监听DCI3，并在子帧y上接收DCI3。
S440中，UE#1提前TA2发送上行数据PUSCH2(例如，在图7中的子帧q上发送PUSCH2)，网络设备#1在子帧m+K2+Koffset2上接收上行数据PUSCH2，网络设备#1收到上行数据PUSCH2后发送DCI4，UE#1通过判断采用上述方式中的一种监听DCI4，并在子帧s上接收DCI4。
图7所示的场景中，通过方法400使能UE只在一段时间内监听DCI，其余时间不监听，能够减少监听的时长，降低UE的功耗。
本申请实施例还考虑了网络设备发送的DCI调度下行数据并同时调度了对应该PDSCH数据UE进行ACK/NACK反馈的上行数据之后，UE对后续DCI的监听方式。其中，ACK/NACK反馈的上行数据是采用上行数据信道进行发送的。例如在如下场景中，UE在收到第一个进程的DCI(即DCI1)调度的下行数据PDSCH1，会进行ACK/NACK的反馈，如果反馈的是ACK，网络设备在收到之后会下发DCI调度新的数据。如果反馈的是NACK，网络设备在收到之后会下发DCI对PDSCH1进行重传调度。所以，UE在发完PDSCH1对应的ACK/NACK之后，最早可以在经过RTT之后进行DCI的监听，最晚可以在收到第二个进程的DCI调度的下行数据PDSCH2后经过RTT之后进行PDCCH的监听。
针对上述场景，本申请实施例设计的数据传输方法为方法500，下面结合图8进行说明，图8为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图，S510，网络设备#1发送第一个进程的DCI(即DCI1)，和第二个进程的DCI(即DCI2)，UE#1在子帧n上接收DCI1， 在子帧m上接收DCI2。其中，DCI1用于调度网络设备#1发送的下行数据PDSCH1以及UE#1发送的针对PDSCH1的ACK1/NACK1的资源，DCI2用于调度网络设备#1发送的下行数据PDSCH2以及UE#1发送的针对PDSCH2的ACK2/NACK2的资源。
S520，网络设备#1发送PDSCH1和PDSCH2，UE#1在子帧p上接收PDSCH1，UE#1提前TA1发送上行数据ACK1(例如，在图8中的子帧r上发送ACK1)，相对应的，网络设备#1在子帧n+K1+Koffset1上接收ACK1，在子帧q上接收PDSCH2，UE#1提前TA2发送上行数据ACK2(例如，在图8中的子帧t上发送ACK2)，相对应的，网络设备#1在子帧m+K2+Koffset2上接收ACK2。
S530，UE#1确定针对ACK1/NACK1网络设备反馈的DCI3以及针对ACK2/NACK2网络设备反馈的DCI4的监听方式，下面以ACK1和ACK2为例进行说明，UE#1发送ACK1的时间早于发送ACK2的时间，即网络设备#1收到ACK1的时间早于收到ACK2的时间。
具体地，UE#1根据ACK1和ACK2之间的时间间隔AToffset和阈值#4的关系确定DCI3和DCI4的监听方式。其中，AToffset的时间单位的说明参见Toffset的说明，在此不再赘述，AToffset为大于或等于0的整数，阈值#4的确定方式参见方法200中的阈值#1或阈值#2的确定方式，本申请在此不再赘述。UE#1确定两个上行数据各自对应的反馈DCI的监听方式有如下几种：
方式j
若AToffset小于或等于阈值#4，网络设备#1收到ACK1和ACK2之间的时间间隔也会小于或等于阈值#4，那么网络设备#1在收到ACK1和ACK2之后发送DCI3和DCI4，UE#1在发送完ACK2之后开始监听DCI3和DCI4。
具体地，UE#1在RTT5时段的结束时刻以后才开始监听DCI3和DCI4，如图8中的(a)所示。其中，RTT5时段的起始时刻是子帧t的结束时刻，RTT5时段的结束时刻早于或等于子帧y的结束时刻，RTT5的时长为UE#1与网络设备#1的往返时延，RTT5的结束时刻为RTT5时段的起始时刻加上RTT5的时长。
方式k
若AToffset大于阈值#4，网络设备#1收到ACK1和ACK2之间的时间间隔也会大于阈值#4，那么网络设备#1可能在收到ACK1之后就下发其对应的DCI3，那么UE#1在发送完ACK1之后开始监听DCI3，在发送完ACK2之后开始监听DCI4。
具体地，UE#1在RTT6时段的结束时刻以后开始监听DCI3，在RTT5的结束时刻开始监听DCI4，如图8中的(b)所示。其中，RTT6时段的起始时刻是子帧r的结束时刻，RTT6时段的结束时刻早于或等于子帧y的结束时刻，RTT6的时长为UE#1与网络设备#1的往返时延，RTT6的结束时刻为RTT5时段的起始时刻加上RTT5的时长。
方式m
在方式k的基础上，若UE#1在RTT6的结束时刻之后，RTT5的结束时刻之前收到了DCI3，那么UE#1在子帧y的结束时刻与RTT5的结束时刻之间不监听DCI4，在RTT5的结束时刻之后开始监听DCI4，如图8中的(b)所示。
S540，网络设备#1发送DCI3和DCI4，UE#1通过判断采用上述方式中的一种监听DCI3和DCI4，并在子帧y上接收DCI3，在子帧s上接收DCI4。
图8所示的场景中，通过方法500使能UE根据网络设备反馈的两个ACK/NACK的 间隔和阈值的关系，确定监听DCI和不监听DCI的方式，能够减少监听的时长，降低UE的功耗。
需要说明的是，上述实施例中，网络设备#1调度DCI2的方式与UE#1监听DCI2的方式是相应地，即两者都是按照上述规则进行判断的。
方法200到方法500中的实施例中，都是UE通过判断来确定监听DCI的方式，本申请还提供了网络设备(例如卫星)针对上述不同场景直接规定UE监听DCI方式的实施例。
对应方法200中的场景，本申请还提供了数据传输方法600，下面结合图9进行说明，图9为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图。
S610，网络设备#1发送DCI1，UE#1在子帧n上接收DCI1，DCI1用于调度上行数据PUSCH1的传输资源。
S620，网络设备#1确定UE#1监听DCI2的方式。
具体地，网络设备#1通过规定K1+Koffset1的大小来确定UE#1监听DCI2的方式，有如下几种方式。
方式a1
网络设备#1规定K1+Koffset1小于或等于阈值#5，UE#1在子帧n的结束时刻至发送PUSCH1的前一个子帧之前始终监听DCI2(例如，如图9中的(a)所示，UE#1在子帧n的结束时刻至子帧n+K1+Koffset1-TA1-1的起始时刻之间始终监听DCI2)，即，网络设备#1在该时间内调度DCI2对应的PDCCH，如图9中的(a)所示。其中，阈值#5的取值可参考方法200中的阈值#1或阈值#2的取值方式，在此不再赘述。
方式a2
网络设备#1规定K1+Koffset1大于阈值#5，并确定n3时段，UE#1只在n3时段中监听DCI2，其余时段不监听DCI2，即网络设备#1只在n3时段调度DCI2对应的PDCCH，如图9中的(b)所示。其中，n3时段的起始时刻大于或等于(不早于)子帧n的结束时刻，时段n3的结束时刻小于或等于(不晚于)子帧n+K1+Koffset1-TA1-1的起始时刻。
网络设备#1可以通过RRC信令告知UE#1采用的监听DCI的方式，也可以将上述方式预配置在网络设备和UE中，网络设备只需告诉UE索引，UE按照索引找到对应的监听DCI的方式即可。
S630，网络设备#1按照规定采用上述方式中的一种调度并发送DCI2，UE#1相应地进行监听DCI2，并在子帧m上接收DCI2，UE#1提前TA1发送上行数据PUSCH1，相应的，网络设备在子帧n+K1+Koffset1上接收上行数据PUSCH1，UE#1提前TA2发送上行数据PUSCH2，相应的，网络设备在子帧m+K2+Koffset2上接收上行数据PUSCH2，其中，上行数据PUSCH2的传输资源由DCI2调度。
应理解，K1+Koffset1的大小也可以是协议约定的，网络设备#1和UE#1按照该协议约定的上述方式进行DCI的调度或者监听。
图9所示的场景中，通过方法600使能网络设备直接规定K1+Koffset1，并确定UE监听DCI和不监听DCI的方式，能够减少监听的时长，降低UE的功耗。
对应方法300中的场景，本申请还提供了数据传输方法700，下面结合图10进行说明，图10为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图。
S710，网络设备#1发送DCI1，UE#1在子帧n上接收DCI1，DCI1用于调度上行数 据PUSCH1的传输资源。
S720，网络设备#1确定UE#1监听DCI2的方式，并发送DCI2。
具体地，网络设备#1确定n4时段，网络设备#1只在n4时段调度DCI2对应的PDCCH，UE#1只在n4时段监听DCI2。其中，n4时段的起始时刻大于或等于(不早于)子帧p的结束时刻，n4时段的结束时刻早于或等于发送PUSCH2的起始时刻(例如图10中的子帧q的起始时刻)，n4时段的时长可以是协议约定的，也可以是网络设备通过RRC信令配置的，还可以是预配置的，还可以是网络设备#1根据上行数据或者下行数据的时长(或者重复次数)计算的，具体内容类似方法200中的阈值#1或阈值#2的计算方式，在此不再赘述。n4时段的结束时刻为n4时段的起始时刻加上n4时段的时长。
S730，UE#1提前TA1发送上行数据PUSCH1，相应的，网络设备在子帧n+K1+Koffset1上接收上行数据PUSCH1(例如图10中的子帧p)，UE#1按照上述方式监听DCI2，并在子帧m上接收DCI2，UE#1提前TA2发送上行数据PUSCH2，相应的，网络设备在子帧m+K2+Koffset2上接收上行数据PUSCH2，其中，上行数据PUSCH2的传输资源由DCI2调度。
应理解，n4时段也可以是协议约定的，网络设备#1和UE#1按照该协议约定的上述方式进行DCI的调度或者监听。
图10所示的场景中，通过方法700使能网络设备直接规定UE监听DCI的时段，能够减少监听的时长，降低UE的功耗。
对应方法400中的场景，本申请还提供了数据传输方法800，下面结合图11进行说明，图11为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图。
S810，网络设备#1发送DCI1和DCI2，UE#1在子帧n上接收DCI1，在子帧m上接收DCI2。其中，DCI1用于调度上行数据PUSCH1的传输资源，DCI2用于调度上行数据PUSCH2的传输资源。
S820，网络设备#1确定UE#1监听DCI3和DCI4的方式。
具体地，网络设备#1规定Toffset的值来确定UE#1监听DCI3和DCI4的方式，Toffset参考方法400的说明，在此不再赘述。
方式g1
网络设备#1规定Toffset的值小于或等于阈值#6，网络设备#1在接收到PUSCH2之后发送DCI3和DCI4，UE#1在发送完PUSCH2并经过一个往返时延之后开始监听DCI3和DCI4。其中，Toffset参见方法400中Toffset的说明，阈值#6的确定方式参见方法200中的阈值#1或阈值#2的方式，在此不再赘述。
以图11为例，UE#1在RTT2的结束时刻之后开始监听DCI3和DCI4，其中，RTT2的说明参见方法400，在此不再赘述。
或者，网络设备#1还可以规定一个时长t1，网络设备#1在收到PUSCH2之后经过时长t1发送DCI3和DCI4，UE#1在RTT2的结束时刻加上t1之后开始监听DCI3和DCI4。应理解，时长t1的单位也可以是时隙、子帧、符号等其它单位，时长t1的取值参见时长t的取值方式，在此不再赘述。
或者，网络设备#1还可以规定发送DCI3和DCI4的具体的时域的位置，UE#1只需在规定的时域的位置监听DCI3和DCI4即可。
方式g2
在方式g1的基础上，网络设备#1还可以规定时长t2，网络设备#1在发送完DCI1并经过t2后发送DCI2，UE#1只需在子帧y的结束时刻经过t2后开始监听DCI2。应理解，时长t2的单位也可以是时隙、子帧、符号等其它单位。时长t2的取值方式参见时长t的取值方式，在此不再赘述。
S830，UE#1提前TA1发送上行数据PUSCH1，相应的，网络设备在子帧n+K1+Koffset1上接收上行数据PUSCH1(例如图11中的子帧p)，UE#1提前TA2发送上行数据PUSCH2，相应的，网络设备在子帧m+K2+Koffset2上接收上行数据PUSCH2，网络设备#1按照规定采用上述方式中的一种调度并发送DCI3和DCI4，UE#1相应地监听DCI3和DCI4，并在子帧y上接收DCI3，在子帧s上接收DCI4。
应理解，上述方式也可以是协议约定的，UE#1按照协议约定监听DCI，或者上述方式预配置在网络设备#1和UE#1中，网络设备#1根据协议约定确定DCI的监听方式，并将索引告知UE#1，UE#1根据索引可确定DCI的监听方式
图11所示的场景中，通过方法800使能直接规定UE监听DCI的时域位置，能够减少监听的时长，降低UE的功耗。
对应方法500中的场景，本申请还提供了数据传输方法900，下面结合图12进行说明，图12为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图；。
S910，网络设备#1发送第一个进程的DCI(即DCI1)，和第二个进程的DCI(即DCI2)，UE#1在子帧n上接收DCI1，在子帧m上接收DCI2。其中，DCI1用于调度网络设备#1发送的下行数据PDSCH1以及UE#1发送的针对PDSCH1的ACK1/NACK1的资源，DCI2用于调度网络设备#1发送的下行数据PDSCH2以及UE#1发送的针对PDSCH2的ACK2/NACK2的资源。
S920，网络设备#1确定UE#1监听DCI3和DCI4的方式，其中，DCI3用于网络设备#1对ACK1/NACK1进行反馈，DCI4用于网络设备#1对ACK2/NACK2进行反馈，下面以ACK1和ACK2为例进行说明，UE#1发送ACK1的时间早于发送ACK2的时间，即网络设备#1收到ACK1的时间早于收到ACK2的时间。
方式j1
网络设备#1通过规定ACK1和ACK2之间的时间间隔AToffset的大小来确定DCI3和DCI4的监听方式。其中，AToffset的取值参见方法200，本申请在此不再赘述。
具体地，网络设备#1规定AToffset的值不超过阈值#7，其中，阈值#7的取值可参见方法200中的阈值#1或阈值#2的确定方式，网络设备#1在收到ACK1和ACK2后发送DCI3和DCI4，因此UE#1在发送完ACK2后(子帧t的结束时刻)开始监听DCI3和DCI4，如图12中的(a)所示。
或者，UE#1在RTT5的结束时刻加上时长t3开始监听DCI3和DCI4，其中，RTT5参见方法500的说明，时长t3的单位也可以是时隙、子帧、符号等其它单位，时长t3的确定方式可以参见方法300中的最大监听时长t，在此不再赘述，其中，时长t3大于或等于0。
例如，当规定t3为0时，UE#1在RTT5的结束时刻开始监听DCI3和DCI4，当规定t3大于0时，UE#1在RTT5的结束时刻再经过t3开始监听DCI3和DCI4，网络设备#1 按照相应的方式调度DCI3和DCI4对应的PDCCH。
方式j2
网络设备#1规定在收到ACK1和ACK2之间下发ACK1对应的DCI3，UE#1按照规定在RTT6的结束时刻加上时长t4开始监听DCI3，其中时长t4的确定方式可以参见时长t3的确定方式，在此不再赘述，其中，时长t4大于或等于0。
例如，当规定的时长t4为0时，UE#1在RTT6的结束时刻开始监听DCI3，当规定的t4大于0时，UE#1在RTT6的结束时刻再经过t4开始监听DCI3，若在RTT6的结束时刻再经过t4到发送ACK2的开始时刻之前收到了DCI3，那么UE#1在子帧y的结束时刻到RTT5的结束时刻之间不监听DCI4，网络设备#1按照相应的方式调度DCI3和DCI4对应的PDCCH。
方式j3
网络设备#1在接收完ACK2的结束时刻经过时长t5下发DCI3和DCI4，UE#1在RTT5的结束时刻加上时长t5开始监听DCI3和DCI4，时长t5大于或等于0，时长t5的取值方式参见时长t4的取值方式，在此不再赘述。
方式j4
网络设备#1在收到ACK1和ACK2之后，在规定的时域位置下发DCI3和DCI4，并且按照规定使DCI3和DCI4的时间间隔为DToffset，即发送DCI3的结束时刻和发送DCI4的开始时刻的时间间隔为DToffset，UE#1在相应的时域位置监听DCI3，并在子帧y的结束时刻经过DToffset开始监听DCI4。
例如，网络设备#1在规定的时间tp下发DCI3，并经过DToffset下发DCI4，UE#1在时间tp加1/2的往返时延开始监听DCI3，在接收完DCI3的结束时刻(子帧y的结束时刻)经过DToffset开始监听DCI4。
上述方式j1～方式j4可以是协议约定的，网络设备#1按照协议约定的方式调度DCI3和DCI4各自对应的PDCCH，UE#1按照协议约定的方式监听DCI，本申请在此不再赘述。上述方式j1～方式j4也可以是预先配置在UE#1和网络设备#1中，网络设备#1将采用的监听方式对应的索引通过RRC信令告知UE#1，UE#1按照RRC信令指示的监听方式监听DCI。
S930，网络设备#1发送PDSCH1和PDSCH2，UE#1在子帧p上接收PDSCH1，UE#1提前TA1发送上行数据PUSCH1，相应的，网络设备在子帧n+K1+Koffset1上接收上行数据ACK1(例如图12中的子帧r)，在子帧q上接收PDSCH2，UE#1提前TA2发送上行数据ACK2，相应的，网络设备在子帧m+K2+Koffset2上接收上行数据ACK2(例如图12中的子帧t)。
S940，网络设备#1按照规定采用上述方式中的一种调度并发送DCI3和DCI4，UE#1相应地监听DCI3和DCI4，并在子帧y上接收DCI3，在子帧s上接收DCI4。
示例性地，方法600～方法900中的不同的监听方式可以预配置在UE#1中，网络设备#1可以在调度数据之前，将调度数据所采用的的数据调度方式所默认的监听方式发给UE#1，UE#1只需按照默认的监听方式监听PDCCH，如果出于不同业务的需要，网络设备#1可以激活其它监听方式，即将需要使用的监听方式的索引或者编号发给UE#1，UE#1按照激活的监听方式来监听PDCCH。
图12所示的场景中，通过方法900使能直接规定UE监听DCI的时域位置，能够减少监听的时长，降低UE的功耗。
本申请实施例还考虑了TA的大小对网络设备(例如卫星)的上下行数据是否对齐存在影响的场景，下面结合图13进行说明，图13为本申请实施例的又一例数据传输方法示意图。当TA较小时，例如小于或等于阈值#8，其中，阈值#8的确定方式可以参考方法200中的阈值#1或阈值#2的确定方式，网络设备的上下行数据可以认为是对齐的，即TA为UE到网络设备的往返传输时延，假设UE在上行子帧n结束上行数据的传输，那么UE在下行子帧n+1的起始时刻到下行子帧n+3的结束时刻的这段时间内不需要监听物理下行控制信道，如图13中的(a)；当TA较大时，例如大于阈值#8，但是UE所做的定时提前的量小于TA，即UE实际做的定时提前小于与网络设备的往返时延，那么网络设备需要对上行数据或者下行数据额外的做定时偏移Kmac(即延迟收到上行数据或者发送下行数据的时间，偏移的子帧数Kmac，此处Kmac的时间单位还可以是时隙、符号、采样间隔等，再转换成子帧数即可)，其中，Kmac大于或等于0，UE对PDCCH的监听采用方法1000，下面结合图13对方法1000进行说明。
S1010，UE#1在下行子帧n上接收DCI1，UE#1提前TA1发送PUSCH1。
S1020，UE#1确定监听方式。
具体地，UE#1根据TA1与阈值#8的关系确定监听方式，并根据如下方式的一种监听物理下行控制信道。
方式y
当TA1小于或等于阈值#8，此时TA1等于UE#1与网络设备#1的往返时延，UE#1在下行子帧n+1的起始时刻到下行子帧n+3的结束时刻的这段时间内不监听PDCCH，网络设备#1在这段时间内不调度PDCCH，UE#1在下行子帧n+3的结束时刻开始监听PDCCH。
方式z
当TA1大于阈值#8并且小于UE#1与网络设备#1的往返时延，UE#1在下行子帧n+1的起始时刻到下行子帧n+3+Kmac的结束时刻的这段时间内不监听PDCCH，网络设备#1在这段时间内不调度PDCCH，UE#1在下行子帧n+3+Kmac的结束时刻开始监听PDCCH。
S1030，网络设备#1偏移Kmac个子帧后接收PUSCH1。
图13所示的场景中，通过方法1000使能UE根据定时提前的大小确定监听物理下行控制信道的时域位置，能够减少监听的时长，降低UE的功耗。
需要说明的是，本申请中涉及的PDCCH，PDSCH，PUSCH除了可以直接应用于LTE、5G系统外，还可以应用于NB-IoT(Narrowband IoT，窄带IoT)系统，这时PDCCH，PDSCH，PUSCH分别对应NPDCCH，NPDSCH，NPUSCH。
图14和图15是本申请的实施例提供的可能的通信装置的结构示意图。这些通信装置可以实现上述方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备的功能，因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请实施例中，该通信装置可以是方法100中的第一通信装置，也可以是方法100中的第二通信装置，还可以是应用于第一通信装置或第二通信装置的模块(如芯片)。
如图14所示，通信装置1100包括收发模块1101和处理模块1102。通信装置1100 可用于实现上述图3所示的方法实施例中第一通信装置或第二通信装置的功能。
当通信装置1100用于实现图3所述方法实施例中第一通信装置的功能时：收发模块1101，用于接收第一下行控制信道PDCCH，所述第一PDCCH包括第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于承载第一上行数据；处理模块1102，用于确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时段包括监听第二PDCCH的时段，所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH；所述处理模块1102还用于根据所述第一时段或所述第二时段监听所述第二PDCCH。
当通信装置1100用于实现图3所述方法实施例中第二通信装置的功能时：收发模块1101，用于发送第一下行控制信道PDCCH，所述第一PDCCH包括第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于承载第一上行数据；处理模块1102，用于确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时段包括发送第二PDCCH的时段，所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH；所述处理模块1102还用于根据所述第一时段或所述第二时段发送所述第二PDCCH。
关于上述收发模块1101和处理模块1102更详细的描述，可参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述，在此不再说明。
如图15所示，通信装置1200包括处理器1210和接口电路1220。处理器1210和接口电路1220之间相互耦合。可以理解的是，接口电路1220可以为收发器或输入输出接口。可选的，通信装置1200还可以包括存储器1230，用于存储处理器1210执行的指令或存储处理器1210运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器1210运行指令后产生的数据。
示例性地，存储器1230和处理器1210可以集成在一起，也可以为独立的器件。
当通信装置1200用于实现上述方法实施例中的方法时，处理器1210用于执行上述处理模块1102的功能，接口电路1220用于执行上述收发模块1101的功能。
当上述通信装置为应用于第一通信装置(例如终端设备)的芯片时，该第一通信装置芯片实现上述方法实施例中第一通信装置的功能。该第一通信装置芯片从第一通信装置中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息，该信息是第二通信装置(例如网络设备)发送给第一通信装置的；或者，该第一通信装置芯片向第一通信装置中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息，该信息是第一通信装置发送给第二通信装置的。
当上述通信装置为应用于第二通信装置(例如网络设备)的芯片时，该第二通信装置芯片实现上述方法实施例中第二通信装置的功能。该第二通信装置芯片从第二通信装置中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息，该信息是第一通信装置发送给第二通信装置的；或者，该第二通信装置芯片向第二通信装置中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息，该信息是第二通信装置发送给第一通信装置的。
可以理解的是，本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件，硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器，也可以是任何常规的处理器。
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现，也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成，软件模块可以被存放于随机存 取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然，存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外，该ASIC可以位于接入网设备或终端设备中。当然，处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于接入网设备或终端设备中。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时，全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者通过所述计算机可读存储介质进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带；也可以是光介质，例如，DVD；还可以是半导体介质，例如，固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD)。
在本申请的各个实施例中，如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突，不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用，不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。
本申请中，“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中，字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系；在本申请的公式中，字符“/”，表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。
可以理解的是，在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的步骤不一定全部都必须执行，有些是可省略的，并且也能达到类似的效果。

Claims (39)

  1. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    接收第一下行控制信道PDCCH，所述第一PDCCH包括第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于承载第一上行数据；
    确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时段包括监听第二PDCCH的时段，所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH；
    根据所述第一时段或所述第二时段监听所述第二PDCCH。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二PDCCH包括第二DCI，所述第二DCI用于指示第二资源，所述第二资源用于承载第二上行数据。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时间间隔包括自接收所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第一大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第一阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第二阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二阈值大于所述第一阈值。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    若所述第一时间间隔小于或等于所述第一阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第一阈值并且小于或等于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
  7. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：
    若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    若在所述第一时段内收到了所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
  9. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：
    若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结 束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时间量大于或等于0。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二时段包括自所述第一时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置和第二通信装置的往返时延。
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻延迟第二时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第二时间量大于或等于0。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置和第二通信装置的往返时延。
  14. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，在确定第一时段或第二时段之前，接收第三PDCCH，所述第三PDCCH包括第三DCI，所述第三DCI用于指示第三资源，所述第三资源用于承载第三上行数据，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    根据第二时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第二时间间隔包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第二时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第三大小关系为第二时间间隔的大小和第三阈值之间的大小关系，所述第三阈值大于0。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    若所述第二时间间隔小于或等于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经过第二时延的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第二时延为第三时间量与第一时延的和，所述第一时延为第一通信装置与第二通信装置之间的往返时延，所述第三时间量大于或等于0。
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    若所述第二时间间隔大于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置与第二通信装置之间的往返时延。
  18. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第三大小关系，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    若所述第二时间间隔大于所述第三阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第一时延的时刻至所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经所述第一时延的时刻 之间的时段，所述第一时延为第一通信装置与第二通信装置之间的往返时延。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    若在所述第一时段收到了所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第三资源对应的结束时刻并经过所述第一时延的时刻之间的时段。
  20. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，在确定第一时段或第二时段之前，在第四资源上发送所述第一上行数据，所述第四资源对应的起始时刻比所述第一资源对应的起始时刻提前了第四时间量，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    根据所述第四时间量的大小与第四阈值的大小关系确定所述第二时段。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第四资源对应的结束时刻为上行子帧n的结束时刻，所述根据所述第四时间量的大小与第四阈值的大小关系确定所述第二时段包括：
    若所述第四时间量大于第四阈值，所述第二时段包括自下行子帧n+1的起始时刻至下行子帧n+3+Kmac的结束时刻之间的时段，其中，Kmac为第二通信装置上下行帧边界的偏移量。
  22. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的起始时刻延迟第五时间量的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第五时间量大于或等于0。
  23. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时段包括自所述第一资源对应的结束时刻并经过第三时延的时刻至所述第二PDCCH的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第三时延为第六时间量与第一时延的和，所述第一时延为第一通信装置与第二通信装置之间的往返时延。
  24. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    发送第一下行控制信道PDCCH，所述第一PDCCH包括第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于承载第一上行数据；
    确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时段包括发送第二PDCCH的时段，所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH；
    根据所述第一时段或所述第二时段发送所述第二PDCCH。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二PDCCH包括第二DCI，所述第二DCI用于指示第二资源，所述第二资源用于承载第二上行数据。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时间间隔包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时间间隔。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一时间间隔的大小确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段，其中，所述第一大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第一阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二大小关系为第一时间间隔的大小和第二阈值之间的大小关系，所述第二阈值大于所述第一阈值。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    若所述第一时间间隔小于或等于所述第一阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，确定第一时段或第二时段包括：
    若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第一阈值并且小于或等于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
  30. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：
    若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第一时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    若在所述第一时段内发送了所述第二DCI，所述第二时段包括自所述第二PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻之间的时段。
  32. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据第一大小关系与第二大小关系中的至少一种，包括：
    若所述第一时间间隔大于所述第二阈值，所述第二时段包括自所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至早于所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段，所述第一时段包括自所述第二时段的结束时刻至所述第一资源对应的起始时刻的前一个传输时间单位的起始时刻之间的时段。
  33. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时段包括自晚于或等于所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻至所述第一PDCCH的结束时刻延迟第一时间量的时刻之间的时段，所述第一时间量大于或等于0。
  34. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    收发模块，所述收发模块用于接收第一下行控制信道PDCCH，所述第一PDCCH包括第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于承载第一上行数据；
    处理模块，所述处理模块用于确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时段包括监听第二PDCCH的时段，所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH；
    所述处理模块还用于根据所述第一时段或所述第二时段监听所述第二PDCCH。
  35. 一种数据传输装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    收发模块，所述收发模块用于发送第一下行控制信道PDCCH，所述第一PDCCH包括第一下行控制信息DCI，所述第一DCI用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于承载第一上行数据；
    处理模块，所述处理模块用于确定第一时段或第二时段，所述第一时段包括发送第二PDCCH的时段，所述第二时段不包括所述第二PDCCH；
    所述处理模块还用于根据所述第一时段或所述第二时段发送所述第二PDCCH。
  36. 一种用于数据传输的通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信 接口用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号传输给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置，所述处理器用于实现如权利要求1至23或24至33中任一项所述的方法。
  37. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序被运行时，实现如权利要求1至23或24至33中任一项所述的方法。
  38. 一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码被第一通信装置运行时，使得所述第一通信装置执行如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法。
  39. 一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码被第二通信装置运行时，使得所述第二通信装置执行如权利要求24至33中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/086362 2021-05-10 2022-04-12 一种数据传输方法和装置 Ceased WO2022237432A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP22806402.8A EP4336908A4 (en) 2021-05-10 2022-04-12 DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE
US18/505,623 US20240073927A1 (en) 2021-05-10 2023-11-09 Data transmission method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110506524.8 2021-05-10
CN202110506524.8A CN115334619A (zh) 2021-05-10 2021-05-10 一种数据传输方法和装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/505,623 Continuation US20240073927A1 (en) 2021-05-10 2023-11-09 Data transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022237432A1 true WO2022237432A1 (zh) 2022-11-17

Family

ID=83912833

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/086362 Ceased WO2022237432A1 (zh) 2021-05-10 2022-04-12 一种数据传输方法和装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20240073927A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4336908A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN115334619A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022237432A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2627491A (en) * 2023-02-24 2024-08-28 Airspan Ip Holdco Llc Timing advance calculation
CN119729835A (zh) * 2023-09-28 2025-03-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种调度信息的发送、接收方法，通信节点及存储介质

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110719645A (zh) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种信道检测指示方法、终端及网络设备
CN110719635A (zh) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种信道检测指示方法、终端及网络设备
CN112312523A (zh) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-02 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10433200B2 (en) * 2014-12-09 2019-10-01 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for terminal for reporting channel status information in wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation, and apparatus for the method
WO2016144028A1 (ko) * 2015-03-06 2016-09-15 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 참조 신호 수신 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
US11229022B2 (en) * 2019-03-26 2022-01-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Determination of physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) assignment in power saving mode
EP4002944A4 (en) * 2019-07-29 2022-10-12 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND NETWORK DEVICE
EP3772197A1 (en) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-03 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America Transceiver device and scheduling device
CN116472734B (zh) * 2020-07-31 2024-09-17 株式会社Ntt都科摩 终端、无线通信方法以及基站
WO2022067867A1 (en) * 2020-10-03 2022-04-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Time gaps between physical uplink shared channel repetitions
US20230362943A1 (en) * 2021-01-15 2023-11-09 Apple Inc. Scheduling restriction enhancement for lte and nr dss
CN117200958A (zh) * 2021-04-06 2023-12-08 苹果公司 用于多trp操作的trp专用pusch传输
WO2022236550A1 (en) * 2021-05-10 2022-11-17 Apple Inc. Acknowledgement signaling for multi-pusch and multi-pdsch scheduling

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110719645A (zh) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种信道检测指示方法、终端及网络设备
CN110719635A (zh) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种信道检测指示方法、终端及网络设备
CN112312523A (zh) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-02 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4336908A4

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115334619A (zh) 2022-11-11
EP4336908A1 (en) 2024-03-13
EP4336908A4 (en) 2024-11-06
US20240073927A1 (en) 2024-02-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12262397B2 (en) Timing advance and processing capabilities in a reduced latency system
US12262358B2 (en) Coverage for time division duplex systems
US20250039728A1 (en) Data transfer with energy harvesting
US10477493B2 (en) Maintaining time alignment with multiple uplink carriers
US9148902B2 (en) Method and apparatus for providing peer-to-peer communication with network connection
US20200367266A1 (en) Mission critical data support in self-contained time division duplex (tdd) subframe structure
US20130315214A1 (en) Timing Advance Without Random Access Channel Access
US10028155B2 (en) Buffer management for wireless networks
EP3123798A1 (en) Half duplex fdd wtru with single oscillator
CN114731235B (zh) 非连续接收的处理方法、装置、设备及存储介质
US20230354469A1 (en) Data reception method and apparatus and system
US20240073927A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
EP3264855A2 (en) Delaying acknowledgement for rrc-connection-release for coverage enhancement mode
WO2018120107A1 (zh) 通信方法、网络设备和终端设备
US10230808B2 (en) Page priority indications for reduced push load on cellular networks
WO2025065632A1 (zh) 一种信息发送、接收和处理方法、装置、通信系统
US12363509B2 (en) Device and method for handling a reception of a multicast broadcast service transmission and a small data transmission

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22806402

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022806402

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022806402

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20231204

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE